Bobcat-s185-manual.pdf 1s6p31
This document was ed by and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this report form. Report 445h4w
Overview 1s532p
& View Bobcat-s185-manual.pdf as PDF for free.
More details 6h715l
- Words: 62,393
- Pages: 194
Operation & Maintenance Manual S185 Skid-Steer Loader
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
S/N A3L911001 & Above S/N A3LH11001 & Above
EQUIPPED WITH BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) 6987011 (11-10) Revised (11-11) (10)
1 of 194
Printed in U.S.A.
© Bobcat Company 2011
2 of 194
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or death.
CORRECT
W-2001-0502
Never use the loader without instructions. See machine signs (decals), Operation & Maintenance Manual, and Operator’s Handbook.
CORRECT
CORRECT
WRONG
B-15570
B-15528
B-15531
Always use the seat bar and fasten seat belt snugly. Always keep feet on the foot pedals or foot rest when operating loader.
Never use loader without operator cab with ROPS and FOPS approval. Fasten your seat belt.
Never use loader as man lift or elevating device for personnel.
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15735
B-15529
B-15532
Do not use loader in atmosphere with explosive dust, explosive gas, or where exhaust can flammable material.
Never exceed Capacity.
P-90216
Never carry riders. Keep bystanders away from work area.
Always carry bucket or attachments as low as possible. Do not travel or turn with lift arms up. Load, unload, and turn on flat level ground.
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15527
B-15530
B-15533
Rated
Operating
Never leave loader with engine running or with lift arms up. To park, engage parking brake and put attachment flat on the ground.
Never modify equipment. Use only attachments approved by Bobcat Company for this model loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer about attachments and accessories. 1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle. 2. SEAT BAR: When up, it must lock the loader controls. 3. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight. 4. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab. 5. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged. 6. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged. 7. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged. 8. LIFT ARM DEVICE: Replace if damaged. 9. PARKING BRAKE 10. BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OSW08-0409 1 (BICS) 3 of 194
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
4 of 194
2
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CONTENTS FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
REFERENCE INFORMATION Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when referring to your Bobcat loader. Loader Serial Number Engine Serial Number NOTES:
YOUR BOBCAT DEALER: ADDRESS: PHONE:
Bobcat Company P.O. Box 128 Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Doosan Benelux SA Drève Richelle 167 B-1410 Waterloo BELGIUM
3 5 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 4 6 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FOREWORD This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer. This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Buckets Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 High-Flow Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 7 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 6 8 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products. British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau (), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota. Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations. ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack) 6675517
HYDROSTATIC CASE DRAIN FILTERS 6661022
FUEL FILTER 6667352
BATTERY 6674687
AIR FILTER, Outer 6698057
FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic 6903117 - (2.5 U.S. gal) 6903118 - (5 U.S. gal) 6903119 - (55 U.S. gal)
AIR FILTER, Inner 6698058 HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER 6686926 (Earlier Models) 6692337 (Later Models)
ENGINE OIL 7023080 7023076 6903109 7023082 7023078 6903111
BREATHER CAP 6684923
HYDROSTATIC FILTER
ANTI-FREEZE, Propylene Glycol
6661248
6983128 - Premixed 6983129 - Concentrate ENGINE OIL 7023081 7023077 6903110
SAE 15W40 CE/SG (12 qt) SAE 10W30 CE/SG (12 qt) SAE 30W CE/SG (12 qt)
SAE 15W40 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal) SAE 10W30 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal) SAE 30W CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
SAE 15W40 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal) SAE 10W30 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal) SAE 30W CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)
NOTE: Always Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.
7 9 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS
Engine Serial Number
Always use the serial number of the loader when requesting service information or when ordering parts. Early or later models (identification made by serial number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary to use a different procedure in doing a specific service operation.
Figure 2
Figure 1
1
P-76882
The engine serial number is located on the side of the engine (Item 1) [Figure 2] above the alternator.
P-31843B
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
DELIVERY REPORT Figure 3
Loader Serial Number The loader serial number plate [Figure 1] is located on the outside of the loader frame. Explanation of loader Serial Number: XXXX XXXXX Module 2. - Production Sequence (Series) Module 1. - Model / Engine Combination B-16315
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module number identifies the model number and engine combination.
The delivery report [Figure 3] must be completed by the dealer and signed by the owner or operator when the Bobcat loader is delivered. An explanation of the form must be given to the owner.
2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies the order which the loader is produced.
8 10 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LOADER IDENTIFICATION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK
FRONT LIGHTS GRAB HANDLES OPERATOR SEAT with SEAT BELT AND SEAT BAR TILT CYLINDERS
FRONT AUXILIARY QUICK COUPLERS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
† BUCKET STEP BUCKET STEPS
REAR GRILLE
LIFT CYLINDER
● OPERATOR CAB
(ROPS AND FOPS)
BACK-UP ALARM
LIFT ARM DEVICE
LIFT ARM
REAR LIGHT REAR DOOR
* † ●
* TIRES
TAIL LIGHT
B-16604B B-16605C
TIRES - The Bobcat loader is factory equipped with standard tires. BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader. ROPS, FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449, Level I. Level II is available.
9 11 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Options And Accessories (Cont’d)
Standard Items
• • • • • • •
Model S185 Bobcat loaders are equipped with the following standard items: • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • •
Adjustable Vinyl Seat Automatically Activated Glow Plugs Auxiliary Hydraulics Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) Bob-Tach™ Deluxe Cab (includes: interior insulation, top and rear windows, accessory harness, dome light and 12 volt power port) ROPS and FOPS Approved Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Front Horn / Back-up Alarm Instrumentation: Hourmeter, Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges and Warning Lights Lift Arm Device Lights, Front and Rear Parking Brake Seat Bar Seat Belt Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (with Two-Speed Option) Spark Arrester Muffler Tires (10-16.5, Bobcat Standard Duty, 8 ply Rating)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Options And Accessories Below is a list of some equipment available from your Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your Bobcat dealer for other available options and accessories. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • •
Access Cover Kit (Foot Pedal Area) Accessories Electrical Harness Adjustable Air Ride Suspension Seat Adjustable Suspension Seat Advanced Control System (ACS) (Selectable Foot Pedal or Hand Control) Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control) Auxiliary Hydraulics, Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics, Front - Right Hand Side Air Conditioning Attachment Control Device (ACD) Cab Door Cab Enclosure Cab Heater Catalytic Exhaust Purifier Counterweight Kit Deluxe Instrumentation Dual Attachment Control Kit Engine Heater Extended Pedals
• • •
Specifications subject to change without notice and standard items may vary.
10 12 of 194
Fire Extinguisher FOPS Kit (Level II) Fuel Sediment Bowl Kit GPS System High-Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics Hose Guide Hydraulic Bucket Positioning (Includes On / Off Selection) Keyless Start Lift Kit (Four-Point, Single-Point) Locking Fuel Cap MSHA Approval Kit Power Bob-Tach Radiator Screen Kit Radio Remote Control Rear Window Wiper Ride Control Rotating Beacon Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (Std. on Two-Speed Models) Seat Belt - 3 in. Wide Seat Belt - Retractable Sound Reduction Kit (Reduces noise at operator ear) Special Applications Kit Steel Tracks Strobe Light Tailgate Lock Tires: Bobcat Heavy Duty 10-16.5 10 Ply Rating Bobcat Severe Duty 10-16.5 10 Ply Rating Bobcat Severe Duty Solidflex 10-16.5 Bobcat Severe Duty Poly-Fill 10-16.5 10 Ply Rating Bobcat Heavy Duty Flotation 31X12-16.5 10 Ply Tool Container Two-Speed Travel Warning Lights: Four-Way Flasher (Includes Direction Signals) Vinyl Cab Enclosure Weighlog Kit Windows Top and Rear Windows Side Windows Polycarbonate Rear Window Polycarbonate Top Window Externally Removable Rear Window
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Buckets Available
These and other attachments are approved for use on this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments. Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be approved. The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multi-job machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up . . . from bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe and a variety of other attachments.
BUCKET
Many bucket styles, widths and different capacities are available for a variety of different applications. They include Construction & Industrial, Low Profile, Fertilizer and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance Manuals.
• • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Angle Broom Auger Backhoe Blades Box Blade Dozer Blade Snow Blade V-Blade Bob-Tach Backhoe Brush Saw Breaker, Hydraulic Buckets Bucket Adapter Chipper Combination Bucket Concrete Mixer Concrete Pump Digger Drop Hammer Dumping Hopper Flail Cutter Forks, Utility Grader Grapple, Farm / Utility Grapple, Industrial Grapple, Root Landplane Landscape Rake Mower Packer Wheel Pallet Forks Planer Rear Stabilizers Rotary Cutter (Brushcat™) Scarifier Scraper Seeder
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
High-Flow Attachments The following attachments are approved for use on High-Flow machines. See your Bobcat dealer for an updated list of approved attachments. • • • • • • • • •
11 13 of 194
Snow Pusher Snowblower Sod Layer Soil Conditioner Spreader Steel Tracks Stump Grinder Sweeper Three-Point Hitch Adapter Tiller Tilt-Tatch Tree Spade Trench Compactor Trencher Utility Frame Vibratory Roller Water Kit Whisker Broom
Chipper Flail Cutter Planer Rotary Cutter (Brushcat™) Snowblower Soil Conditioner Tiller Trencher Wheel Saw
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a variety of bucket styles and sizes. _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Attachments
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance • • •
Special Applications Kit
•
WARNING
• •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Some attachment applications can cause flying debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to provide added operator protection in these applications.
Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required. Pre-rinse with water to remove gritty materials. Wash with a mild household detergent and warm water. Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee. Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners. Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
W-2737-0508
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 4
B-25286A
Available for special applications to restrict material from entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick polycarbonate front door, top and rear windows [Figure 4]. See your Bobcat dealer for availability.
12 14 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
13 15 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 14 16 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
•
An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator cab of the loader. It’s brief instructions are convenient to the operator. The handbook is available from your dealer in an English edition or one of many other languages. See your Bobcat dealer for more information on translated versions.
•
The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine gives general safety information.
•
The Skid-Steer Loader Operating Training Course is available through your Bobcat dealer. This course is intended to provide rules and practices of correct operation of the Bobcat loader. The course is available in English and Spanish versions.
•
Service Safety Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe and correct service procedures.
•
See the PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES Page in this manual or your Bobcat dealer for Service and Parts Manuals, printed materials, videos, or training courses available. Also check the Bobcat web sites www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com
Before Operation Carefully follow the operating instructions in this manual.
and
maintenance
The Bobcat loader is highly maneuverable and compact. It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions. This presents an operator with hazards associated with off highway, rough terrain applications, common with Bobcat loader usage. The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can kill or cause illness so use the loader with adequate ventilation. The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application. The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights). They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat loader. The must check with the dealer, or Bobcat literature, to determine safe loads of materials of specified densities for the machine - attachment combination.
The dealer and owner / operator review the recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the owner / operator will be using the machine for a different application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for recommendations on the new use.
The following publications and training materials provide information on the safe use and maintenance of the Bobcat machine and attachments: •
The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete instructions have been given to the new owner and that the machine and attachment is in safe operating condition.
•
The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the machine or attachment gives operating information as well as routine maintenance and service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can be stored in a container provided on the machine. Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.
•
Call Before You Dig Dial 811 (USA Only) 1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)
Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The signs and their locations are shown in the Operation & Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
When you call, you will be directed to a location in your state / province, or city for information about buried lines (telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).
SI SSL-0511 15 17 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D)
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or coordination while working. An operator who is taking prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine if he or she can safely operate a machine.
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility
Safety Alert Symbol This symbol with a warning statement means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following: Understand Regulations
the
Written
Instructions,
Rules
and
•
The written instructions from Bobcat Company include the Delivery Report, Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook, Safety Manual and machine signs (decals).
•
Check the rules and regulations at your location. The rules may include an employer’s work safety requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a utility line.
WARNING Operator must have instructions before operating the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or death. W-2001-1285
•
Operator training must consist of a demonstration and verbal instruction. This training is given by your Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
•
The new operator must start in an area without bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can operate the machine and attachment safely under all conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt before operating.
•
Operator Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer in English and Spanish. They provide information for safe and efficient equipment operation. Safety videos are also available.
•
Service Safety Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe and correct service procedures.
IMPORTANT This notice identifies procedures which must be followed to avoid damage to the machine. I-2019-0284
DANGER The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Know the Work Conditions
D-1002-1107
•
Know the weight of the materials being handled. Avoid exceeding the Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) of the machine. Material which is very dense will be heavier than the same volume of less dense material. Reduce the size of the load if handling dense material.
•
The operator must know any prohibited uses or work areas, for example, he or she needs to know about excessive slopes.
•
Know the location of any underground lines. Call local utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the Before Operation section of this manual.
•
Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses, respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special Applications Kits are required for some work. See your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat safety equipment for your model.
WARNING The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. W-2044-1107
The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good operating condition before use. Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the Operation & Maintenance Manual.
SI SSL-0511 16 18 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Have Training with Actual Operation
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D)
FIRE PREVENTION
Avoid Silica Dust
Maintenance The machine and some attachments have components that are at high temperatures under normal operating conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of arcs or sparks.
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease and is known to the state of California to cause cancer.
The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating. All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can cause a fire. Operation Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or hot components can flammable material, explosive dust or gases. Electrical
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage. Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or frayed. Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not smoke in battery charging area. SI SSL-0511 17 19 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine compartment is a potential fire hazard.
FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D)
Welding And Grinding
Hydraulic System
Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher near the machine when welding.
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly routed and have adequate and secure clamps. Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.
Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable solvents.
Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive. Repair such components in a well ventilated area away from open flames or sparks.
Fueling
Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors. Starting Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.
Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are located and how to use them. Inspect the fire extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Spark Arrester Exhaust System The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still hot. Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).
Sl SSL-0511 18 20 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Fire Extinguishers
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES The following publications are also available for your Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat dealer.
OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK
For the latest information on Bobcat products and the Bobcat Company, visit our web site at training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com.
6986651
Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SKID-STEER LOADER OPERATOR TRAINING COURSE
6987011
6901726
Introduces operator to step-by-step basics of skid-steer loader operation. Also available in Spanish P/N 6902289.
OPERATOR SAFETY VIDEO
S185 SERVICE MANUAL
6902176
6987049
OPERATOR SAFETY DVD (English & Spanish) 6904762
Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat loader. Provides basic safety instructions contained in all Bobcat safety videos in both English and Spanish.
SKID-STEER LOADER SERVICE SAFETY TRAINING COURSE
SAFETY MANUAL (English & Spanish)
6900641
6556500
Introduces service technicians to step-by-step basics of proper and safe skid-steer loader maintenance and servicing procedures.
Provides basic safety procedures and warnings for your Bobcat loader in both English and Spanish.
19 21 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Complete instructions on the correct operation and the routine maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
6718579 SJC - 7131519
Standard and ACS - 6727926
6986651 SJC - 7131518
Standard and ACS - 6728539
6735140 7184779
SJC - 6737248 ACS - 6718706
7159779 (Inside Fuse Cover)
6737189
Two-Speed Opt. 6725370
Single-Point Lift 6533898 (2)
Single-Point Lift 7142139 (2)
6579528 (Behind Lift Arm Crossmember)
6561383 (Behind Bob-Tach) Single-Point Lift 7142141 (2)
Four-Point Lift 7168019 (2)
Lift Kit Options
6577754 (2)
6731757
6702301
6702302
6710358
B-16044b
20 22 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Inside Cab
Door Opt. 6707852
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
6726303 (Externally Removable Rear Window only)
6578368
6560573 6577754 (2) 6719018
6708929
6717343 (2) (Under Cab)
6809511 (4) (On Hose & Tubeline)
6565990
6727595 (3)
7152748
7160879
6734534
Inside Rear Door B-16055c
21 23 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
7169699
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 22 24 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Standard Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Keyless Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Deluxe Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Standard Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Advanced Control System (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 LIFT ARM BY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Available Control Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Operation (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
23 25 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Operation (Standard And ACS) (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Operation (SJC) (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Standard Controls (Also ACS In FOOT Pedal Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Hydraulic Bucket Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 High-Flow Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Entering The Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Seat Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
24 26 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Standard Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Keyless Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Deluxe Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 MONITORING THE DISPLAY S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Driving On Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Leveling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Leveling The Ground Using Float (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Single-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Four-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
25 27 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 When To Consider Using Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 When To Consider Removing Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Accessories That Affect Machine Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
26 28 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION
Figure 7
Figure 5
SIDE
P-76602
FRONT
P-76683
The side and front s [Figure 7] are described on page 33. (See Side on Page 33.) and (See Front on Page 33.)
Figure 6
Cab Light Figure 8
P-76601
P-90816C
P-76597A
The right [Figure 6] is described on pages 31 and 32. (See Standard Key on Page 31.), (See Keyless Start on Page 31.) or (See Deluxe Instrumentation on Page 32.) 1
N-22015
Push the button (Item 1) [Figure 8] to turn the light ON. Push the button again to turn OFF.
27 29 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
S0363
The left [Figure 5] is described on pages 28, 29 and 30. (See Left on Page 28.)
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Left Figure 9
12
3 2
16
7 1 13
4 8
15
11
10
9
14
5
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6
20
17 19
18
21 22
23 P-76459C
The left instrument [Figure 9] is the same for Standard Key , Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation equipped machines.
The table on the facing page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the components of the left .
28 30 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Left (Cont’d) DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
1
ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2
LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option)
Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3
GENERAL WARNING
Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4
TWO-SPEED (Option)
High range selected.
5
ENGINE MALFUNCTION
Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7
DISPLAY SCREEN
Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8
SEAT BELT
Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9
SEAT BAR
The light comes on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT & TILT VALVE
The light comes on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE
The light comes on when the loader cannot be driven.
12 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (Option)
Indicates right turn signals are ON.
13 SHOULDER BELT (Option)
Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range. Remains lit while in high range.
14 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
15 FUEL
Fuel level low or sensor error.
16 FUEL GAUGE
Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
17 LIGHTS
Press once for FRONT work lights and REAR taillights. (Left green LED will light.) Press a second time to add REAR work lights. (Left and right green LEDs will light.) Press a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.) Press and hold five seconds to display software version in display screen.
18 HIGH-FLOW (Option)
Press once to engage the HIGH-FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
19 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
Press once to engage the auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
20 INFORMATION
Cycles through (after each button press): • Hourmeter (On start up) • Engine rpm • Battery voltage • Maintenance clock (Press and hold for seven seconds when displayed to reset the maintenance clock.) • Service codes*
21 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE
Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running. Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
22 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is seated in operating position. Button will light. Press and hold three seconds to engage Drive Response and Steering Drift Compensation. (See DRIVE RESPONSE and STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.)
23 ALARM
The alarm beeps when Error, Warning or Shutdown conditions exist.
* See SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 151.) 29 31 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
REF. NO.
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Display Screen The display screen can display the following information: •
Operating hours.
•
Engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
•
Speed management setting.
•
Maintenance clock countdown.
•
Battery voltage.
•
Service codes.
•
Engine preheat countdown.
•
Steering drift compensation setting.
•
Drive response setting.
Figure 10
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 P-76461A
The display screen is shown in [Figure 10]. The data display will show operating hours upon startup. 1. Data Display. 2. Hourmeter. 3. Speed Management. 4. Engine Preheat. 5. Engine Revolutions Per Minute. 6. Battery / Charging Voltage. 7. Service.
30 32 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
Keyless Start
Standard Key
Figure 12
Figure 11 1
3
2
4 5 6 P-90816A S4498
This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key [Figure 11].
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number code () to allow starting the engine. An asterisk will show in the left display screen for each key press.
The Standard Key is used to turn the loader electrical system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.
2. LOCK Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will display a red light to indicate a is required to start the loader. (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.) 3. UNLOCK Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock key will display a green light to indicate the loader can be started without a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.) 4. START Button: Used to start the engine. 5. STOP Button: Used to stop the engine and shut down the loader electrical system. 6. RUN Button: Used to turn on the loader electrical system.
31 33 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
This machine may be equipped with a Keyless Start [Figure 12].
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
9. Keypad: The numeric keypad has two functions: - To enter a number code () to allow starting the engine. - To enter a number as directed for further use of the Display Screen.
Deluxe Instrumentation Figure 13
10. Start Button: Used to start the engine. 11. Run / Enter Button: Used to turn on the loader electrical system. 7
1
Figure 14
4 5 2
3
6
ENTER
9 8
B-16165
10
11
This machine may be equipped Instrumentation [Figure 13].
The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as shown in [Figure 14].
B-15553N
with
a
When this screen is on the display you can enter the and start the engine or change the Display Screen setup features.
Deluxe
1. Display Screen: The Display Screen is where all system setup, monitoring, troubleshooting and error conditions are displayed.
NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrumentation ) will have an Owner . Your dealer will provide you with this . Change the to one that you will easily to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner on Page 159.) Keep your in a safe place for future needs.
2. Bobcat Main Controller Error: Indicates communication error between Bobcat Main Controller and Deluxe Instrumentation . (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 151.) 3. Display Error: Indicates communication error between instrument and Bobcat controller. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 151.)
Change Language: Press the Selection Button at the end of the arrow [Figure 14] to go to the next screen. Use the Keypad to select the number of the language.
SM
Icon: Indicates planned 4. BobCARE PM maintenance is due. (See MAINTENANCE CLOCK on Page 162.)
Press EXIT. The screen will return to [Figure 14]. You can then enter the and start the engine.
5. Engine Air Filter Icon: Indicates engine air filter requires service. 6. Hydraulic Filter Icon: Indicates hydraulic filter requires service.
See CONTROL SETUP for further description of screens to setup the system for your use. (See CONTROL SETUP on Page 157.)
7. Selection Buttons: The four Selection Buttons allow you to select items from the Display Screen and scroll through screens.
NOTE: Pressing the EXIT key will go to the previous screen and you can continue pressing until you get to the initial (home) screen. SHORTCUT: Press the “0” (zero) key to get to the home screen immediately.
8. Stop Button: Used to stop the engine and shut down the loader electrical system.
32 34 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
LANGUAGES
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
Front
Side
Figure 16
Figure 15
1
2
3
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
5
OR
9
1
4
6
8
7
B-15993Q
9
B-15993R
NOTE: Parking Brake (Item 4) [Figure 16] is standard on all loaders.
REF. NO.
DESCRIPTION
Press the top to select Hand Controls; bottom to select Foot Controls.
2
NOT USED
---
3
POWER BOB-TACH (Option)
Press the bottom of the switch to start the rear wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Press the top of the switch to stop the wiper.
Press and hold the up arrow to disengage the Bob-Tach wedges. Press and hold the down arrow to engage the wedges into the mounting frame holes.
4
PARKING BRAKE Press the top to engage the (Standard on all PARKING BRAKE; bottom to disengage. loaders)
5
HYDRAULIC BUCKET POSITIONING (Option)
6
Press bottom of switch to start; AIR CONDITIONING top to stop. Fan Motor (Item 7) SWITCH (Option) must be ON for A/C to operate.
HAZARD LIGHTS Press the top to turn the (Option) HAZARD LIGHTS ON; bottom to turn OFF.
7
TEMPERATURE CONTROL (Option)
ROTATING Press the top to turn the BEACON (Option) ROTATING BEACON ON; bottom to turn OFF.
8
NOT USED
---
9
SELECTABLE JOYSTICK CONTROLS (SJC) (Option)
Press the top to select ‘ISO’ Control Pattern; bottom to select ‘H’ Control Pattern.
Provides a 12 volt receptacle for accessories.
2
NOT USED
---
3
FRONT WIPER (Option)
Press the bottom of the switch to start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Press the top of the switch to stop the wiper.
REAR WIPER (Option)
5
NOT USED
---
6
NOT USED
---
7
FAN MOTOR (Option)
Turn clockwise to increase fan speed; counterclockwise to decrease. There are four positions; OFF-1-2-3.
9
FUNCTION / OPERATION
ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (Option)
POWER PORT
8
DESCRIPTION
1
1
4
REF. NO.
FUNCTION / OPERATION
Turn clockwise to increase the temperature; counterclockwise to decrease.
33 35 of 194
Press the top to engage Hydraulic Bucket Positioning; bottom to disengage.
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76602
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION This loader has three control configurations available to operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader: •
Standard Controls - Uses foot pedals for lift and tilt functions. Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.
•
Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) - Uses a choice of foot pedals or handles for lift and tilt functions. Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.
•
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) - Uses joysticks for lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader.
Standard Controls Figure 17 2
3
5
10
11
12
7
6
8 13 9
4
B-15781F / B-22178D / B-15781E
REF. NO.
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
1
TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left signal; center position to turn off.
2
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. CONTROL
3
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4
FRONT HORN
Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
5
STEERING LEVERS
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
6
LIFT ARM PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
7
TILT PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
9
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
See LIFT ARM BY CONTROL in this manual.
10
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
11
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
12
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option)
See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
13
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) in this manual.
34 36 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Advanced Control System (ACS) Figure 18 1
2
3
11
6
12
13
8
7
9 4 14 5
10
REF. NO.
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
1
TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left signal; center position to turn off.
2
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. CONTROL
3
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4
FLOAT CONTROL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
5
FRONT HORN
Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
6
STEERING LEVERS AND LIFT / TILT HANDLES
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
7
LIFT ARM PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8
TILT PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
10
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
See LIFT ARM BY CONTROL in this manual.
11
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
12
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
13
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option)
See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
14
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) in this manual.
35 37 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
B-15781D / B-22178E / B-15781E
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) Figure 19 1
2
3
4
13
5
14
15
16
17
8
9
10
11 18
6
7
19
12
B-19873A / B-15546K / B-19874A
1 *2 3
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT
See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual. See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION Also: DRIVE RESPONSE
See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual. See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. CONTROL
*4
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION Also: DRIVE RESPONSE
See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual. See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6
SPEED MANAGEMENT
See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7
FRONT HORN
Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8
JOYSTICKS
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9
FOOTRESTS
Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
10
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT)
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
11
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND)
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
12
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
See LIFT ARM BY CONTROL in this manual.
13
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
NOT USED
---
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
NOT USED
---
17
TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the top to activate right signal; press again to turn off. Press the bottom to activate left signal; press again to turn off.
18
FLOAT CONTROL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
19
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) in this manual.
* 14 15 * 16
* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual. 36 38 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
REF. NO.
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM Operation
WARNING
Figure 20 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
1
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate.
P-45116
W-2463-1110
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 20]. The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the seat.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls. W-2261-0909
When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive functions can be operated. When the seat bar is up, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if equipped) will be locked when returned to neutral position.
37 39 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
Figure 22
Operation
WARNING 1
2
3
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it does not, your dealer for service. DO NOT modify the system.
P-76459B
W-2151-1111
There are three display lights (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 22] located on the left instrument that must be OFF to fully operate the machine.
Figure 21
When, the seat bar is raised, the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated. 1
WARNING P-45116
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) has a pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 21]. The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The BICS™ requires the operator to be seated in the operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction functions can be operated. The seat belt must be fastened anytime you operate the machine.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate.
WARNING
W-2463-1110
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls. W-2261-0909
38 40 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and the parking brake is released, the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated.
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE
Operation
Operation
Figure 23
Figure 25
1
2
1 P-54406
The lift arm by control (Item 1) [Figure 23] is used to lower the lift arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal operations.
(Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The Engine Is Running) There is a TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button (Item 1) [Figure 25] on the left instrument which will allow you to use the steering levers to move the loader forward and backward when using the backhoe attachment.
1. Sit in the operator's seat. 2. Fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar. 3. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 23] clockwise 1/4 turn. 4. Pull up and hold the knob until the lift arms lower.
•
Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once to unlock traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) [Figure 25] will be OFF.
•
Press the button a second time to lock the traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) [Figure 25] will be ON.
PARKING BRAKE Operation Figure 24 1
2
NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running. NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will function if the parking brake is in the engaged or disengaged position and the engine is running. If the parking brake switch is turned ON, the red light in the parking brake switch will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE is engaged.
B-15993Q
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 24] to engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will turn on. The traction drive system will be locked. Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 24] to disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will turn off. The traction drive system will be unlocked. NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left instrument will remain ON until the engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed and the parking brake is disengaged.
39 41 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76683
EMERGENCY EXIT
Front Door
The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.
This machine my be equipped with a Front Door.
Rear Window
NOTE: When an Operator Cab Enclosure Kit is installed, the window of the front door can be used as an emergency exit [Figure 28].
Figure 26 NOTE: If the loader has a Special Application Door Kit installed, the window of the front door is NOT an emergency exit. Figure 28
Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove the rubber cord [Figure 26]. P-85439
Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab. Figure 27
Pull the plastic loop at the top of the window in the front door to remove the rubber cord [Figure 28]. Figure 29
X X
P-31269A
X X
Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 27].
S0363
Push the window out with your foot at any corner of the window [Figure 29]. Exit through the front door.
40 42 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-64994
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
Operation
Description Figure 30
WARNING 1
• • •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always keep bystanders away from the work area and travel path. The operator must always look in the direction of travel. The back-up alarm must sound when operating the machine in the reverse direction. W-2783-0409
P-76101
The back-up alarm (Item 1) [Figure 30] is located on the inside of the rear door.
If alarm does not sound or for adjustment instructions, see inspection and maintenance instructions for the back-up alarm system in the preventive maintenance section of this manual. (See BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM on Page 109.)
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for keeping bystanders away from the work area. Operators must always look in the direction of travel, including reverse, and must also keep bystanders away from the work area, even though the loader is equipped with a back-up alarm. Operators must be trained to always look in the direction of travel, including when operating the loader in reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work area. Other workers should be trained to always keep away from the operator’s work area and travel path.
41 43 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL Operation Figure 31
1
N-20537
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The engine speed control lever is at the right side of the operator's seat (Item 1) [Figure 31]. Move the lever forward to increase engine speed. Move backward to decrease engine speed. Figure 32
1
P-76060
There is a foot operated engine speed control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 32] in addition to the engine speed control lever on SJC equipped machines. It is located on the right side floor above the footrest.
42 44 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER
Figure 34 Standard and ACS
Available Control Configurations The loader has three configurations available: •
Standard Controls - Two Steering Levers control drive and steering functions.
•
Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) - Two Steering Levers control drive and steering functions.
•
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) -
FORWARD
BACKWARD
LEFT TURN
RIGHT TURN
LEFT FAST TURN
RIGHT FAST TURN
(‘ISO’ Pattern) Left joystick controls the drive and steering functions. (‘H’ Pattern) Left and right joysticks control left and right side drive and steering functions.
Figure 33
1 PI-1849C
The steering levers control forward and backward travel and turning the loader [Figure 34]. Forward Travel - Push both levers forward.
P-45122
Reverse Travel - Pull both levers backward. Normal Turning - Move one lever farther forward than the other.
The steering levers (Item 1) [Figure 33] are on the left and right side in front of the seat.
Fast Turning - Push one lever forward and pull the other lever backward.
Move the levers smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and stopping.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls. W-2261-0909
43 45 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Operation (Standard And ACS)
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)
Figure 37 SJC in ‘ISO’ Control Pattern
Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern Figure 35
Left Joystick 1
1
3 B-15993R B-15993I
FORWARD
2
4
FORWARD LEFT TURN
BACKWARD
FORWARD RIGHT TURN
Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 35].
WARNING
BACKWARD RIGHT TURN
BACKWARD LEFT TURN
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on control levers.
8
7
W-2399-0501
LEFT FAST TURN
RIGHT FAST TURN
Figure 36
B-21970B
Left Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 37]. 1
1. Forward Travel - Move joystick forward. 2. Backward Travel - Move joystick backward. 3. Forward Left Turn - Move joystick forward and to the left. 4. Forward Right Turn - Move joystick forward and to the right. 5. Backward Left Turn - Move joystick backward and to the right. 6. Backward Right Turn - Move joystick backward and to the left. 7. Left Fast Turn - Move joystick to the left. 8. Right Fast Turn - Move joystick to the right.
P-45116
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 36]. Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and stopping.
44 46 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6
5
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)
Figure 40
Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern Figure 38
SJC in ‘H’ Control Pattern
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
N
N
FORWARD
N
N
BACKWARD
N
N
LEFT TURN
N
N
RIGHT TURN
N
N
LEFT FAST TURN
N
N
RIGHT FAST TURN
1
2
3 B-15993R B-15993I
Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 38].
4
WARNING
5
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on control levers.
6
W-2399-0501
B-22029A
Figure 39
Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 40] 1. Forward Travel - Move both joysticks forward. 2. Backward Travel - Move both joysticks backward. 3. Forward Left Turn - Move the right joystick farther forward than the left joystick. 4. Forward Right Turn - Move the left joystick farther forward than the right joystick.
1
5. Left Fast Turn - Move the left joystick backward and the right joystick forward. 6. Right Fast Turn - Move the left joystick forward and the right joystick backward.
P-45116
STOPPING THE LOADER
Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 39].
Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks When the steering levers or joysticks are moved to the neutral position, the hydrostatic transmission will act as a service brake to stop the loader.
Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and stopping.
45 47 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
TWO-SPEED CONTROL
Operation (Standard And ACS) (If Equipped)
Description
Figure 42 Right Handle
Left Handle
This machine may be equipped with Two-Speed. Twospeed allows you to reduce cycle times when there is a long travel distance between the dig site and the dump site. You can also use the two-speed when traveling from one job site to another at faster speeds.
1
1
WARNING
P-54603
P-54602
2
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when operating at high range speeds. Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the right handle for high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons located on the left instrument (Item 2) [Figure 42] will come on.
Figure 41 2
NOTE: This toggle switch retains the selected range. The loader will be in high range speed at startup if the switch is in the high range position. 1
Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
N-21773
Operation (SJC) (If Equipped) Figure 43 1
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
N-21773
1 NOTE: The 3-point restraint must be used when selecting two-speed operation [Figure 41].
P-24820
P-24802
2
Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the lap belt across to the left side of the seat (Item 2) [Figure 41] and fasten. The shoulder belt must be positioned over your right shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 41].
NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management before you can select high range. Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the left joystick for high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons located on the left instrument (Item 2) [Figure 43] will come on. Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
46 48 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
W-2754-0908
SPEED MANAGEMENT
The Speed Management icon (Item 1) [Figure 45] will appear in the display and remain on until the Speed Management button is pressed again or the machine is turned off.
Speed Management is available on SJC equipped machines. Operation
When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will appear in the display (Item 2) [Figure 45].
Speed Management allows the loader to be maneuvered at a slower travel speed, even during maximum movement of the joystick(s).
NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by the operator. (See Changing The Factory Default Setting on Page 48.)
This feature can be useful when installing attachments, loading or unloading, and certain applications. (EXAMPLES: Landscaping, tilling, trenching)
Figure 44 Left Joystick
2
Right Joystick
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 44] again to disengage Speed Management and return to Standard Travel Speed. [STD] (Item 5) [Figure 45] will appear in the display. 3 The system will retain the speed percentage as long as the key remains ON or the STOP button has not been pressed.
1 1
P-24820
P-24802
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40% and then disengage Speed Management to reposition the loader, then re-engage Speed Management. The speed percentage will still be at 40%.
Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 44] on the left joystick once to engage Speed Management. Figure 45
EXAMPLE: Turning the key OFF or pressing the STOP button will return the Speed Management setting to default. The next time you start the engine and engage Speed Management, the speed will be at 57% (factory default setting) or the last default setting saved by the operator. (See Changing The Factory Default Setting on Page 48.)
1
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must disengage Speed Management before you can select high range.
P-76460B
2
3
4
5 P-76461D P-76461E P-76461F P-76461G
47 49 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 44] to increase the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or the bottom of the switch (Item 3) [Figure 44] to decrease the speed down to 1% [SPD 01]. The percentages will appear in the display (Items 2, 3 and 4) [Figure 45].
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must be in low range speed to engage Speed Management.
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)
Figure 47
Changing The Factory Default Setting The Speed Management factory default setting can be changed by the operator to save adjustment time. EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for trenching and you prefer a Speed Management setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that application. The Speed Management default setting can be changed to 28% of Standard Travel Speed instead of the factory default setting of 57%. Each time you start the machine and first select Speed Management, the machine will default to 28% of Standard Travel Speed.
P-76460B
1 Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page 47.) P-76461K1
Left Joystick
2
Right Joystick
The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##] (## will be the percentage you selected) (Item 1) [Figure 47] and remain in Speed Management mode. Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 46] on the left joystick or turning the machine off will disengage Speed Management and return the loader to Standard Travel Speed.
3 1 1
P-24820
P-24802
When Speed Management is first selected each time the machine is started, the percentage you selected will be the default setting. Speed Management can still be adjusted from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed.
Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower (Item 3) [Figure 46] by pressing the Speed Control switch until the desired default setting is displayed.
The default setting can be changed any time the operator chooses.
Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 46] on the left joystick to save the default setting.
48 50 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 46
DRIVE RESPONSE
Operation
Drive Response is available on SJC equipped machines.
NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat bar is lowered, the engine is started and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed to activate the BICS™.
NOTE: An the loader software may be required if this feature does not function as described in this manual. See your Bobcat dealer to update your machine software version if necessary.
Perform pre-starting and starting procedures: 1. Fasten seat belt.
Description 2. Lower seat bar. Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less) the loader drive and steering systems are when the operator moves the joystick(s).
3. Place joysticks in neutral position. 4. Start the engine.
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for different drive response preferences and various job conditions and attachment use.
5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to disengage from drive response. The last displayed setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF.
There are three drive response settings: •
[DR-1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive only)
•
[DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive only)
•
[DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive only)
49 51 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display.
NOTE: Changes to drive response do not affect braking or stopping the loader.
DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D)
Figure 49
Operation (Cont’d) Figure 48
1
2
1
2
3
P-76456F P-76461K
4
5 Saving The Drive Response Setting:
P-76456F P-76461W P-76461X P-76461Y
The current drive response setting can be saved by pressing and holding the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds. [SET] (Item 3) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 49] and the machine will exit from the drive response adjustment menu.
Right Joystick
Left Joystick
OR 6
7 P-24820B
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to exit from the drive response adjustment menu without saving the current setting.
P-24802B
Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds to adjust the loader drive response setting. The current drive response setting will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 48].
The current steering drift compensation setting (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 51.) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 49] and the upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will no longer make changes to drive response.
Press the upper left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to scroll down through the three settings. Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left joystick to scroll up through the three drive response settings. The new drive response setting (Item 3, 4 or 5) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 48]. Adjustments to drive response will be effective immediately.
NOTE: The last displayed drive response setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF. The machine will revert back to the last saved drive response setting the next time it is started. Adjustments to steering drift compensation can now be made (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 51.) OR Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button again to exit from the steering drift compensation menu.
50 52 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION
Operation
Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC equipped machines.
NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat bar is lowered, the engine is started and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed to activate the BICS™.
Description Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in both forward and reverse directions.
Perform pre-starting and starting procedures:
Examples of applications where this feature can be used:
2. Lower seat bar.
•
To compensate for normal variations such as tire inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear and track wear.
3. Place joysticks in neutral position.
•
Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, planers and silt fence installers.
5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
•
Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road surfaces.
1. Fasten seat belt.
4. Start the engine.
NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to disengage from steering drift compensation. The last displayed setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF.
Figure 50 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION [S-L10]
[S----]
[S-R10]
[S-L10]
[S----]
[S-R10] B-23580A
Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21 settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any point from neutral to [S-L10] left and from neutral to [SR10] right. [S----] is displayed when set for neutral [Figure 50].
51 53 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)
Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left joystick to adjust back toward center. The display will decrease down to neutral displayed as [S----] (Item 4). Another press of the upper right button will cause [S-R01] (Item 5) to appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 51]. The number will increase by one each time you press the button up to a maximum of [S-R10]. The higher the number, the greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the right. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be effective immediately.
Operation (Cont’d) Figure 51
Figure 52
2
1
5 P-76456F P-76461L P-76461N P-76461M
2
1
Right Joystick
Left Joystick
3
4 P-76456F P-76461K P-76461O
6
7 P-24820B
Saving The Steering Drift Compensation Setting:
P-24802B
The current steering drift compensation setting can be saved by pressing and holding the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds. [SET] (Item 3) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 52] and the machine will exit from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu.
Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds to enter the drive response adjustment menu. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) again to adjust the loader steering drift compensation setting. The current steering drift compensation setting will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 51].
OR
Press the upper left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to adjust the machine left. [S-L01] (Item 3) through a maximum of [S-L10] will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 51]. The number will increase by one each time you press the button. The higher the number, the greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the left. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be effective immediately.
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to exit from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu without saving the current setting. [DONE] (Item 4) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 52] and the upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will no longer make changes to steering drift compensation. NOTE: The last displayed steering drift compensation setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF. The machine will revert back to the last saved setting the next time it is started.
52 54 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
4
3
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
Figure 54
Description Two foot pedals (or optional hand controls or optional joysticks) control the hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt functions.
2
1
Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP THEM THERE any time you operate the loader. Standard Controls (Also ACS In FOOT Pedal Mode)
B-15518
B-15973
Figure 53 Tilt Operation - (Right Pedal) 2
Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 54] of the pedal to tilt the bucket backward. 1
B-15541
3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 54] of the pedal to tilt the bucket forward.
B-15781
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Pedal) Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 53] of the pedal to raise the lift arms. Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 53] of the pedal to lower the lift arms. Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Pedal) Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 53] of the pedal all the way forward until it locks into the float position. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward. Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position. Lift Arm Float Position (With ACS) - (Left Pedal) Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 53]. Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 53] of the pedal forward to lower the lift arms. Then release the float button. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward. Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position.
53 55 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode
Figure 57
Figure 55 2
1 2 3 1 3 B-15541
Right Joystick
B-15781
B-15781
B-15541
Lift Arm Operation - (Right Hand Joystick) Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Lever)
Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 57] to raise the lift arms.
Move the lever outward (Item 1) [Figure 55] to raise the lift arms. Move the lever inward (Item 2) [Figure 55] to lower the lift arms.
Lift Arm Float Position - (Right Hand Joystick)
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Hand Lever)
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 57] while the joystick is in neutral. Move the joystick to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 57], then release the button.
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 55] while the lever is in neutral. Move the lever to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 55], then release the button. Press Float button (Item 3) [Figure 55] again or move the lever to lift arm up position to disengage.
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 57] to disengage.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward.
Figure 56
Figure 58
2 1
2 1
B-15518
B-15518
B-15781
Right Joystick
B-15781
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Lever) Move the lever inward (Item 1) [Figure 56] to tilt the bucket backward.
Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 58] to tilt the bucket backward.
Move the lever outward (Item 2) [Figure 56] to tilt the bucket forward.
Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 58] to tilt the bucket forward.
54 56 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 57] to lower the lift arms.
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Hydraulic Bucket Positioning
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern
This machine may be equipped with Hydraulic Bucket Positioning.
Figure 59
The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the bucket in the same approximate position it is in before you begin raising the lift arms.
Left Joystick
1
Right Joystick
Figure 61
2
3 B-19873 B-19874
B-15541
1
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Joystick)
Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 59] to lower the lift arms.
B-15993Q B-15993T
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left And Right Hand Joysticks) Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 59] while the joysticks are in neutral. Move the left joystick to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 59], then release the button.
Press the top of the BUCKET POSITIONING switch (Item 1) [Figure 61] to engage the bucket positioning function. The amber light in the switch will turn on. Press the bottom of the switch to disengage. The amber light will turn off.
Press Float button (Item 3) [Figure 59] again or move the left joystick to lift arm up position to disengage.
Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward. Figure 60
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
1 2
B-15518
B-19873 B-19874
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick) Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 60] to tilt the bucket backward. Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 60] to tilt the bucket forward. 55 57 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Move the joystick outward (Item 1) [Figure 59] to raise the lift arms.
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
Figure 63
Figure 62 1
P16537B
P-31833A
SJC (If Equipped) 2
1
Figure 64
P-76460C
1
The light (Item 2) [Figure 62] will be ON.
P-27820A
P-24802A
Move the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1) [Figure 63] or [Figure 64] to the right or left to change the fluid flow direction of the front quick couplers. If you move the switch half-way, the auxiliary functions move at approximately one-half speed; release the switch to stop auxiliary functions. (EXAMPLE: Open and close grapple teeth.) To disengage, press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 62] again. The light (Item 2) [Figure 62] will be OFF. NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
56 58 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 62] once to engage auxiliary hydraulics.
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW)
This machine may be equipped with Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics.
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Figure 67
Figure 65 1
3
2
P16537B
P-31833A
2
SJC (If Equipped)
1
P-76460C
Figure 68
3
2 P-27820A
1
P-24802A
After engaging auxiliary hydraulics, press the front switch (Item 2) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] to give the front quick couplers a constant flow of fluid with the female coupler being pressurized. (EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.)
P-31831D
The switches on the left hand lever or joystick control the rear auxiliary hydraulics.
REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLOW - To set reverse flow (male coupler pressurized), engage auxiliary hydraulics, then, while holding the auxiliary switch (Item 1) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] to the left, press the front switch (Item 2) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66].
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 67] once to engage auxiliary hydraulics. The light (Item 2) [Figure 67] will be ON.
NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some attachments. Use reverse flow with your attachment only if approved. See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual for detailed information.
Push the switch (Item 3) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] to the right or left to change the fluid flow direction to rear quick couplers [Figure 68]. (EXAMPLE: Raise and lower rear stabilizers.)
To release from continuous operation, press the front switch (Item 2) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] a second time.
To disengage, press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 67] again.
NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
The light (Item 2) [Figure 67] will be OFF. NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
57 59 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 66
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
Figure 71
This machine may be equipped with Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics.
1
Figure 69 SECONDARY COUPLERS
P16537B
P-31833A
P-27820A
P-24802A
SJC (If Equipped)
1
Figure 72 1
The secondary front auxiliary quick couplers (Item 1) [Figure 69] are available as a Field Installed Accessory. These are used when there is a need for additional auxiliary hydraulics. (EXAMPLE: Side shift on the Planer.)
Push switch (Item 1) [Figure 71] or [Figure 72] to the right or left to change fluid flow direction. (EXAMPLE: Side shift on the Planer.)
Connect the attachment to the secondary front auxiliary hydraulics (Item 1) [Figure 69].
NOTE: The secondary front auxiliary hydraulics and the rear auxiliary hydraulics operate from the same auxiliary section of the control valve. To operate an attachment with secondary front auxiliary hydraulics, you must disconnect any attachment connected to the rear auxiliary hydraulic quick couplers.
Figure 70
To disengage, press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 70] again. The light (Item 2) [Figure 70] will be OFF. 2
NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
1 P-76460C
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 70] once to engage auxiliary hydraulics. The light (Item 2) [Figure 70] will be ON.
58 60 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P16291A
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Quick Couplers
High-Flow Hydraulics Operation This machine Hydraulics.
may
be
equipped
with
WARNING
High-Flow
Figure 73
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
1
W-2072-0807
Figure 75 2
The High-Flow function provides additional flow to the system to operate an attachment which requires more hydraulic flow. (EXAMPLE: Planer) Connect the attachment to the quick couplers (Item 1) [Figure 73].
P-31847A
P-43614
Some attachments may have a case drain which needs to be connected to the small quick coupler (Item 2) [Figure 73].
To Connect: Remove dirt or debris from the surface of both the male and female couplers, and from the outside diameter of the male coupler. Visually check the couplers for corroding, cracking, damage or excessive wear. If any of these conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 75] must be replaced.
Figure 74
Install the male coupler into the female coupler. Full connection is made when the ball release sleeve slides forward on the female coupler. To Disconnect: Hold the male coupler. Retract the sleeve on the female coupler until the couplers disconnect.
2
1
WARNING
P-76460C
Press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1) [Figure 74].
AVOID BURNS Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers can get hot when running machine and attachments. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick couplers.
The light (Item 2) [Figure 74] will be ON. To disengage, press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1) [Figure 74] again.
W-2220-0396
The light (Item 2) [Figure 74] will be OFF.
59 61 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-43614
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Figure 76
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment)
WARNING AVOID BURNS Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers can get hot when running machine and attachments. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick couplers.
1 P-76460C
W-2220-0396
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 76]. Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
1
W-2072-0807 P16537B
P-31833A
P-27820A
P-24802A
Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers SJC (If Equipped)
When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly together and hold for five seconds; the pressure is automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.
Figure 78
When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly together and hold for five seconds; then retract the sleeve until the couplers disconnect. Rear Auxiliary And Secondary Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers
1
Put the attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine and turn the key to RUN or press the RUN button.
Move the rear auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1) [Figure 77] or [Figure 78] to the right and left several times. Turn the key to OFF or press the STOP button.
60 62 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 77
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
This machine may be equipped with an Attachment Control Device.
Figure 81 3
Description Figure 79
1
2
1 P16537B
P-31833A
SJC (If Equipped) Figure 82
3 Connect the attachment electrical harness to the attachment control device (Item 1) [Figure 79].
1
2
P-27820A
Figure 80
P-24802A
Additional switches (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 81] or [Figure 82] on the right and left control handles or joysticks are used to control some attachment functions through the attachment control device.
1
NOTE: ACD takes over the function of auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 3) [Figure 81] or [Figure 82] from Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics and Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics when an attachment electrical harness is attached to the ACD. See the appropriate attachment Maintenance Manual for control details.
P-31832
Operation
&
You will need the Dual-Connector (7-pin / 14-pin) kit (Item 1) [Figure 80] to operate early model attachments. See your Bobcat loader dealer.
61 63 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-43614
DAILY INSPECTION
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 83
6734534-V
62 64 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)
IMPORTANT
Daily Inspection And Maintenance Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The Service Schedule [Figure 83] is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader. It is located inside the rear door of the loader and also in the MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATION section of this manual. (See Service Schedule (6734534) on Page 165.)
•
•
PRESSURE WASHING DECALS Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the decal that could damage the decal causing it to peel from the surface. Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from the center of the decal toward the edges.
Engine Oil Level
•
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Level
•
Engine Air Filter - Check System for Damage or Leaks
•
Engine Coolant Level - Check System for Damage or Leaks
•
Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware
•
Seat Belt
•
Seat Bar and Control Interlocks
•
Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™)
•
Front Horn and Back-up Alarm - Check for proper function
•
Grease Pivot Pins (Lift Arms, Bob-Tach, Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges)
•
Tires - Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air Pressure
•
Fuel Filter - Remove Trapped Water
•
Loose or Broken Parts - Repair or Replace as Necessary
•
Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals) - Replace as necessary
•
Lift Arm Device - Replace if damaged
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
I-2226-0910
•
WARNING Operator must have instructions before operating the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or death. W-2001-0502
NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid, coolant, etc. must be disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. Some regulations require that certain spills and leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a specific manner. See local, state and federal regulations for correct disposal.
63 65 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations
Entering The Loader Figure 85 Figure 84
1
2 N-20299
1
2
S4010 P-66661
The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 85] provided behind the operator seat.
Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the loader. Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged. Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat dealer.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
64 66 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual and the Operator’s Handbook (Item 1) [Figure 85] before operating the loader.
Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles and safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on and off the loader [Figure 84]. Do not jump.
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Figure 88
Seat Adjustment Figure 86 1
2
4
3
1
P-90817A
Air Ride Suspension Seat - (Option) Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 88] to adjust the angle of the seat back.
P13907
Push the knob (Item 3) [Figure 88] in and hold to increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Pull the knob out and hold to decrease the amount of air in the seat suspension.
Figure 87
NOTE: The loader electrical system must be turned ON to increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Pull the lever (Item 4) [Figure 88] up to adjust the seat position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.
2 3
1 P-16052
Suspension Seat - (Option and Loaders with Two-Speed) Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 87] up to adjust the seat position for comfortable operation of the loader controls. Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 87] up to adjust the angle of the seat back. Turn the lever (Item 3) [Figure 87] to adjust the seat cushion for weight of the operator.
65 67 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Turn the knob (Item 2) [Figure 88] to adjust the lumbar .
Pull the seat lever (Item 1) [Figure 86] out to adjust the seat position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Seat Belt Adjustment
IMPORTANT
Figure 89
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for correct operation. Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary. I-2199-0200
Seat Bar
P-16041
Figure 91
P-16038
Fasten the seat belt. Pull the ends of the belt through the belt adjusters so that the seat belt is snug and the buckle is centered between your hips [Figure 89].
P-45114
Figure 90 Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake [Figure 91].
2
Put the foot pedals or hand controls in neutral position.
1
NOTE: Keep your hands on the steering levers and your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests) while operating the loader.
N-21774
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls.
N-21773
3-Point Restraint - (Option and Loaders with Two-Speed) Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1) [Figure 90]. Pull the lap belt across to the left side of the seat (Item 2) [Figure 90] and fasten.
W-2261-0909
The shoulder belt must be positioned over your right shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 90].
66 68 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Squeeze both seat belt adjusters to release and lengthen each half of the seat belt [Figure 89].
STARTING THE ENGINE
Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 93]. The indicator lights on the left instrument will come ON briefly and the Instrument / monitoring system will do a self test.
Standard Key
Figure 94
WARNING •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. Keep flammable material away. Do not use machines in atmosphere containing explosive gas.
2
W-2051-1086
1
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
P-76461B
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs) automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 94].
Figure 92
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key switch to START (Item 2). Release the key when the engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN position (Item 1) [Figure 93]. NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position before starting the engine. Do not move the levers or joysticks from the neutral position when turning the key to RUN or START with the BICS™ activated. P-31864
WARNING
Set the engine speed control to the idle position [Figure 92]. Figure 93 • 1
• 2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the operator’s seat. Never wear loose clothing when working near machine. W-2135-1108
S4498
67 69 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
•
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light will flash when the key switch is ON and continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, thereafter the light will become solid. If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active mode light will remain solid and the pending mode light will flash. When operation of the machine is returned to neutral, the active mode light will then turn off and the pending mode light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
Standard Key (Cont’d) Figure 95 FRONT
ACS 1
SJC 2
WARNING
B-15993Q
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item 1) [Figure 95]. OR
W-2050-0807
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) [Figure 95]. Figure 96
2
1 P-76683
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 96] to activate the BICS™ and to perform hydraulic and loader functions. (SJC) The current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 96] is pressed.
68 70 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
B-15993R
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Figure 98
Keyless Start 1
WARNING • •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. Keep flammable material away. Do not use machines in atmosphere containing explosive gas.
2 3
W-2051-1086 P-90816A
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 98].
Figure 97
Figure 99
2 1 P-76461B
P-31864
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs) automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 99].
Set the engine speed control to the idle position [Figure 97] NOTE: Loaders with a Keyless Start have a permanent, randomly generated Master set at the factory. Your loader will have an Owner . The can be changed to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner on Page 159.) Keep your in a safe place for future needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, press the START button (Item 2) [Figure 98]. Release the button when the engine starts.
NOTE: The Lockout feature can be used to allow starting of the loader without a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.)
69 71 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) to enter the , then press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 98].
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
(SJC) The current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 101] is pressed.
Keyless Start (Cont’d) NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position before starting the engine. Do not move the levers or joysticks from the neutral position when pressing the RUN / ENTER or START buttons with the BICS™ activated.
NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light will flash when the RUN button has been pressed and continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, thereafter the light will become solid. If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active mode light will remain solid and the pending mode light will flash. When operation of the machine is returned to neutral, the active mode light will then turn off and the pending mode light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
Figure 100 FRONT
ACS 1
SJC
WARNING B-15993Q
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
B-15993R
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item 1) [Figure 100].
W-2050-0807
OR (SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) [Figure 100]. Figure 101
2
1 P-76683
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 101] to activate the BICS™ and to perform hydraulic and loader functions.
70 72 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Figure 103
Deluxe Instrumentation
WARNING • •
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. Keep flammable material away. Do not use machines in atmosphere containing explosive gas.
3 2
W-2051-1086
B-15553J
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Press the RUN / ENTER button (Item 3) [Figure 103].
Figure 102
Figure 104
2 P-31864
1 P-76461B
Set the engine speed control to the idle position [Figure 102]
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs) automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 104].
NOTE: Loaders with a Deluxe Instrumentation have a permanent, randomly generated Master set at the factory. Your loader will be assigned an Owner . Your dealer will provide you with this . Change the to one that you will easily to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner on Page 160.) Keep your in a safe place for future needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, press the START button (Item 2) [Figure 103]. Release the button when the engine starts.
NOTE: The Lockout feature can be used to allow starting of the loader without a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 161.)
71 73 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) to enter the , then press the RUN / ENTER button (Item 3) [Figure 103].
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
(SJC) The current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 106] is pressed.
Deluxe Instrumentation (Cont’d) NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position before starting the engine. Do not move the levers or joysticks from the neutral position when pressing the RUN / ENTER or START buttons with the BICS™ activated.
NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light will flash when the RUN button has been pressed and continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, thereafter the light will become solid. If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active mode light will remain solid and the pending mode light will flash. When operation of the machine is returned to neutral, the active mode light will then turn off and the pending mode light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
Figure 105 FRONT
ACS 1
SJC
WARNING B-15993Q
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
B-15993R
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item 1) [Figure 105].
W-2050-0807
OR (SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) [Figure 105]. Figure 106
2
1 P-76683
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 106] to activate the BICS™ and to perform hydraulic and loader functions.
72 74 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Cold Temperature Starting
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not use ether with glow plug (preheat) systems. Explosion can result which can cause injury, death, or severe engine damage. W-2071-0907
•
Replace the engine oil with the correct type and viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature. (See Engine Oil Chart on Page 120.)
•
Make sure the battery is fully charged.
•
Install an engine heater, available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
•
Move engine speed control lever halfway before starting. Return to idle position after the engine starts.
NOTE:
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following to make starting the engine easier:
The display screen of the Deluxe Instrumentation may not be immediately visible when the temperature is below -26°C (-15°F). It may take 30 seconds to several minutes for the display screen to warm up. All systems remain monitored even when the display screen is off.
73 75 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System
Figure 108 Left Handle
Right Handle 1
IMPORTANT When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F), hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C (0°F) if possible.
1 P-54603
P-54602
Press the bottom of the two-speed switch (Item 1) [Figure 108] to cycle system back to single speed when the two-speed icon (Item 1) [Figure 107] stops flashing. Then press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 108] to enter two-speed operation.
I-2007-0910
Let the engine run for a minimum of five minutes to warm the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid before operating the loader.
SJC (If Equipped) 1
Figure 109 1
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
P-76455C
1 The two-speed icon (Item 1) [Figure 107] will flash slowly if the operator attempts to engage two-speed operation before the hydraulic / hydrostatic system has been adequately warmed up.
P-24820
Press the top of the two-speed switch (Item 1) [Figure 109] to enter two-speed operation when the twospeed icon (Item 1) [Figure 107] stops flashing.
NOTE: There is a minimum three minute delay if the two-speed icon is flashing slowly. The machine will automatically warm up the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid and notify the operator when fluid is warm enough for twospeed operation by turning off the two-speed icon.
NOTE: Returning the two-speed switch to single speed operation will turn the flashing icon off immediately.
74 76 of 194
P-24802
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
NOTE: Returning the two-speed switch to single speed operation will turn the flashing icon off immediately.
Figure 107
MONITORING THE DISPLAY S
Warning And Shutdown
Left
When a WARNING condition exists, the associated icon light will come ON and there will be 3 beeps from the alarm. If this condition is allowed to continue, there may be damage to the engine or loader hydraulic systems.
Figure 110
When a SHUTDOWN condition exists, the associated icon light will come ON and there will be a continuous beep from the alarm. The monitoring system will automatically stop the engine in 15 seconds. The engine can be restarted to move or relocate the loader. 2
The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following icons:
1
General Warning Engine Malfunction Engine Coolant Temperature Hydraulic System Malfunction
P-76460C
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and BICS™ lights (all BICS™ lights must be OFF to operate loader) [Figure 110].
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left instrument [Figure 110] for error conditions. The associated icon will be ON if there is an error condition. EXAMPLE: Engine Coolant Temperature is High The Engine Over-Temperature icon (Item 1) [Figure 110] will be ON. Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 110] to cycle the data display until the service code screen is displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES will be displayed. • •
M0810 Engine Coolant Temperature High M0811 Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High
Find the cause of the error code and correct before operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on Page 152.)
75 77 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
NOTE: Activating the Lockout Feature on machines with the Keyless Start or the Deluxe Instrumentation allows operation of the loader without using a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.) or (See Lockout Feature on Page 161.)
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER Procedure Stop the loader on level ground. Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground.
Figure 113
P-66659
P-66660
P-31864
Pull the engine speed control fully [Figure 111] to decrease the engine speed.
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and steps (maintaining a 3-point ) [Figure 113].
backward
WARNING
Engage the parking brake. Figure 112
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
2
1
Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
2 P-76603
P-90809A
B-15553L
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) or press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 112].
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate.
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON for approximately 90 seconds after turning the loader OFF.
W-2463-1110
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions are deactivated. Unbuckle the seat belt. Remove the key from the switch (Standard Key ) to prevent operation of the loader by unauthorized personnel.
76 78 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 111
COUNTERWEIGHTS
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight
Description
If your loader is already equipped with accessories like Over Tire Steel Tracks, Water Tanks or Rear Stabilizers, installing counterweights may not be necessary.
Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader counterweights and configurations for your job application and attachment.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the proper use of counterweights with your attachments and accessories.
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not change if counterweights are installed on this loader. Always follow the instructions provided in this manual when operating your loader with counterweights installed.
•
Increased machine weight.
•
Increased Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
•
Harder steering.
•
Accelerated or uneven tire wear.
•
Increased power consumption.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the loader and its operation in some applications. Some examples are:
When To Consider Using Counterweights Install counterweights to increase the loader Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve attachment performance in some applications. Some examples are: •
Using pallet forks with palletized loads.
•
Using grapples or bale forks.
•
Using buckets to handle loose material without digging.
When To Consider Removing Counterweights Remove counterweights to increase the downward force of the attachment for better attachment performance in some applications. Some examples are: •
Digging with buckets.
•
Using Hydraulic Breakers, Scrapers or Landplanes.
77 79 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ATTACHMENTS
Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of material being handled. For safe handling of materials and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or bucket) should handle a full load without going over the ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more difficult.
Choosing The Correct Bucket
WARNING
Pallet Forks AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Never use attachments or buckets which are not approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and attachments for safe loads of specified densities are approved for each model. Unapproved attachments can cause injury or death.
Figure 115
1
W-2052-0907
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments are used on the Bobcat loader. The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to the Bob-Tach.
B-17255
The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the operator cab. (See Performance on Page 184.)
The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork is shown on a decal located on the pallet fork frame (Item 1) [Figure 115].
The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer buckets are used, the load center moves forward and reduces the ROC. If very dense material is loaded, the volume must be reduced to prevent overloading.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for other available attachments.
Figure 114 WRONG
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC). Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control. W-2053-0903
B-16251
Exceeding the ROC [Figure 114] can cause the following problems: • • • •
Steering the loader may be difficult. Tires will wear faster. There will be a loss of stability. The life of the Bobcat loader will be reduced. 78 80 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Load varies with model of pallet fork being used.
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Figure 117
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual to install other attachments. Figure 116 1
N-18516
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page 76.)
N-18515
Installing
WARNING
Pull the Bob-Tach levers all the way up (Item 1) [Figure 116].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake. Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward. Drive the loader forward until the top edge of the BobTach is completely under the top flange of the bucket [Figure 116] (or other attachment). Be sure the BobTach levers do not hit the bucket.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate. W-2463-1110
79 81 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground to ensure the mounting frame is tight to the Bob-Tach [Figure 117].
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
WARNING
Installing (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off.
Figure 118
W-2715-0208
Removing Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if applicable. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page 76.) 1
WARNING
Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully engaged in the locked position (Item 1) [Figure 118] (wedges fully extended).
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
Figure 119
1
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate. W-2463-1110
2 P-31233
Disconnect attachment electrical harness, water line and hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) on Page 60.)
P-31237
The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes (Item 2) [Figure 119] in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the Bob-Tach.
80 82 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
N-18526A
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.
Removing (Cont’d)
Installing
Figure 120
The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual to install other attachments. Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.) Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake. Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward. N-18525A
Figure 122 Pull the Bob-Tach levers [Figure 120] all the way up.
WARNING
B-15993Q
Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning can cause injury.
2
W-2054-1285 P-31236
Enter the loader. Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Item 1) (Front ) until levers (Item 2) [Figure 122] are in unlocked position (wedges fully raised).
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake.
Figure 123
Figure 121
N-18515 N-18515
Drive the loader forward until the top edge of the BobTach is completely under the top flange of the bucket [Figure 123] (or other attachment). Be sure the BobTach levers do not hit the bucket.
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and move the loader backward, away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 121].
81 83 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Figure 125
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
1
Installing (Cont’d) B-15993Q
Figure 124
2
P-31235
3
N-18516
Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground [Figure 124].
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch (Front ) (Item 1) until levers are fully engaged in the locked position (Item 2) [Figure 125] (wedges fully engaged).
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Item 1) [Figure 122] (Front ) to make sure the levers are all the way up.
The wedges (Item 3) [Figure 125] must extend through the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the BobTach.
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous pressurized hydraulic oil to keep the wedges in the engaged position and prevent attachment disengagement. Because the wedges can slowly lower, the operator may need to reactivate the switch (WEDGES UP) to be sure both wedges are fully raised before installing the attachment.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off. W-2715-0208
82 84 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-31233
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Figure 126
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
1
Removing
B-15993Q
Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if applicable. If the attachment has electrical, water or hydraulic connections to the loader: 1. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page 76.)
P-31236
Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Front ) (Item 1) [Figure 126] until the wedges are fully raised.
WARNING
Figure 127
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated. The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate. W-2463-1110
N-18515
2. Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) on Page 60.)
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and move the loader backward, away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 127]. NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous pressurized hydraulic oil to keep the wedges in the engaged position and prevent attachment disengagement. Because the wedges can slowly lower, the operator may need to reactivate the switch (WEDGES UP) when removing an attachment to be sure both wedges are fully raised.
3. Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.) 4. Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake.
83 85 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE
Operating Near An Edge Or Water
Inspect The Work Area
Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible and the loader wheels perpendicular to the edge so that if part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved back.
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for unsafe conditions. Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer, irrigation, etc.) located and marked.
Always move the loader back at any indication the edge may be unstable.
Remove objects or other construction material that could damage the loader or cause personal injury.
•
Inspect for signs of instability such as cracks or settlement.
•
Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground stability.
•
Check for adequate traction if working on a slope.
• • • • • • •
MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLL OVER CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Keep the lift arms as low as possible. Do not travel or turn with the lift arms up. Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning. Go up and down slopes, not across them. Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill. Do not overload the machine. Check for adequate traction. W-2018-1109
Basic Operating Instructions
Driving On Public Roads
Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before operating the loader.
When operating on a public road or highway, always follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving Vehicle Sign or direction signals may be required.
IMPORTANT Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed and light load have longer life. I-2015-0284
Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum horsepower. Move the steering levers only a small amount to operate the loader slowly. New operators must operate the loader in an open area without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all conditions of the work area.
84 86 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
WARNING
Always check ground conditions before starting your work:
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Operating With An Empty Bucket
Operating With A Full Bucket
Figure 130 WITH BUCKET EMPTY
Figure 128 WITH BUCKET FULL
Going Down Slope B-15540
Going Up Slope
Figure 131 B-16266
WITH BUCKET EMPTY
WITH BUCKET FULL
Going Up Slope
Going Down Slope
With an empty bucket, go down or up the slope with the heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 130] and [Figure 131].
B-16262
Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions on rough ground.
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 128] and [Figure 129].
85 87 of 194
B-15517
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 129
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals)
Figure 134
Filling Figure 132
2
1
1
2
B-15973
B-15534A
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket.
B-15973
B-15520C
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the truck box or bin. Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 134]. If all the material is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
1
WARNING
B-15973
B-15521C
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 132].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip forward and cause injury or death.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 132] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 133] all the way when the bucket is full. Drive backward away from the material.
WARNING Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury or death. W-2056-0903
86 88 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 134]. Level the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 134] while raising the lift arms to help prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 133
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 136]. Put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 136].
Leveling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals) Figure 135
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down (Item 2) [Figure 136] until it enters the ground.
1
Raise the cutting edge a small amount (Item 3) [Figure 136] to increase traction and keep an even digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge of the bucket (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 136] while driving forward slowly.
2
3
Figure 137 B-15522
B-15973
Put the lift arms in float position by pushing the pedal all the way forward (Item 1) [Figure 135] until the pedal is locked in the forward position. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 135] to change the position of the cutting edge of the bucket. With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force on the cutting edge and more loose material can be moved.
B-15538B
Drive backward to level loose material.
B-15973
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 137] as far as it will go when the bucket is full.
Push the bottom of the lift pedal (Item 3) [Figure 135] to unlock the float position.
Filling Figure 138
IMPORTANT Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift arms is in float position.
1
2
I-2005-1285
Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals) Digging Figure 136
B-15537B
1
B-15973
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 138] and put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 138]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into the hole.
2
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 138] as soon as it is past the edge of the hole.
3
If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket. B-15539
B-15973
87 89 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)
Figure 141
Filling 2
Figure 139 1
2
B-15781
B-15534A
1
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket. B-15781
B-15520C
Figure 140
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the truck box or bin. Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 141]. If all material is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
1
WARNING
B-15781
B-15521C
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip forward and cause injury or death.
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 139]. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 139] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 140] all the way when the bucket is full. Drive backward away from the material.
WARNING Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury or death. W-2056-0903
88 90 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 141]. Level the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 141] while raising the lift arms to help prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Leveling The Ground Using Float (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) Figure 142
3 4 2 1
B-15522
1
B-15781
Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 142] while the lever is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms (Item 2) [Figure 142], release the float button.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 142] to change the position of the cutting edge of the bucket. With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force on the cutting edge and more loose material can be moved. Drive backward to level loose material. To disengage float, press the float button again or raise the lift arms (Item 4) [Figure 142].
IMPORTANT Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift arms is in float position. I-2005-1285
89 91 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Filling
Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)
Figure 145
Digging 2
Figure 143 1
2 3
B-15537B
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 145] and put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 145]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into the hole.
B-15781A B-15781B
B-15539
B-15781A B-15781B
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 143]. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 143] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 145] as soon as it is past the edge of the hole. If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down (Item 2) [Figure 143] until it enters the ground. Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3) [Figure 143] to increase traction and keep an even digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 143] while driving forward. Figure 144
1
B-15538B
B-15781
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 144] as far as it will go when the bucket is full.
90 92 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern)
Figure 148
Filling Figure 146 2 1
1
2
P-24820 P-24802
B-15534A
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket.
P-24820 P-24802
B-15520C
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the truck box or bin. Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 148]. If all material is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
1
P-24820 P-24802
B-15521C
WARNING
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 146].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip forward and cause injury or death.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 146] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 147] all the way when the bucket is full. Drive backward away from the material.
WARNING Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury or death. W-2056-0903
91 93 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 148]. Level the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 148] while raising the lift arms to help prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 147
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern)
Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern)
Digging Figure 150
Figure 149 1 2 2 3
3
4 B-15522
P-24820 P-24802
B-15539
P-24820 P-24802
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 150]. Put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 150].
Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 149] while the joystick is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms (Item 2) [Figure 149], release the float button.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down (Item 2) [Figure 150] until it enters the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 149] to change the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.
Raise the cutting edge a small amount (Item 3) [Figure 150] to increase traction and keep an even digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 150] while driving forward.
With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force on the cutting edge and more loose material can be moved. Drive backward to level loose material.
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 3) [Figure 150] as far as it will go when the bucket is full.
To disengage, press the float button again or raise the lift arms (Item 4) [Figure 149].
Filling Figure 151
IMPORTANT 1
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift arms is in float position. 2
I-2005-1285
B-15537B
P-24820 P-24802
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 151] and put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 151]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into the hole. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 151] as soon as it is past the edge of the hole. If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
92 94 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
TOWING THE LOADER Procedure Because of the design of the loader, there is not a recommended towing procedure. •
The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.
•
The loader can be skidded a short distance to move for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. (The tires will not turn.) There might be slight wear to the tires when the loader is skidded.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
93 95 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LIFTING THE LOADER
Four-Point Lift
Single-Point Lift
WARNING
WARNING • • •
• •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before lifting, check fasteners on single point lift and operator cab. Assemble front cab fasteners as shown in this manual. Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift. Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine. W-2160-0910
The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift which is available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
W-2007-0910
Figure 153
The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to lift and the Bobcat loader without affecting roll over and falling object protection features of the operator cab. Figure 152
TS-1998A
Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 153]. NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate size and capacity for the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
TS-1998B
Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 152]. NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate size and capacity for the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
94 96 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift which is available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER
Fastening
Loading And Unloading
Figure 155
WARNING AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are needed to the weight of the machine when loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can break and cause personal injury. W-2058-0807
N-19048A P-31228
P-73276
Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
Alternate Front Tie Down
P-31829
1 P-31912
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes [Figure 155].
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 154].
• • • •
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or ed (Item 1) [Figure 154] when loading or unloading the loader to prevent the front end of the trailer from rai.
•
95 97 of 194
Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor. Stop the engine. Engage the parking brake. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie down positions [Figure 155]. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 154
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 96 98 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Inspecting The Lift Arm By Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 LIFT ARM DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
97 99 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Cleaning And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Evaporator / Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Removing And Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Single Speed Loaders) . . . . . . .131 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Two-Speed Loaders) . . . . . . . .132 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
98 100 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Checking And Adding Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Removing And Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
99 101 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 100 102 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MAINTENANCE SAFETY WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow W-2003-0807 instructions can cause injury or death.
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
CORRECT
P-90216
Never service the Bobcat SkidSteer Loader without instructions.
B-15535
Use the correct procedure to lift or lower operator cab.
WRONG
B-15734
Have good ventilation when welding or grinding painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust and gas can be produced. Avoid exhaust fume leaks which can kill without warning. Exhaust system must be tightly sealed.
CORRECT
B-15524
Cleaning and maintenance are required daily.
WRONG
WRONG
B-15732
B-15525
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Do not go under lift arms when raised unless ed by an approved lift arm device. Replace it if damaged.
Never work on loader with lift arms up unless lift arms are held by an approved lift arm device. Replace if damaged. Never modify equipment or add attachments not approved by Bobcat Company.
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15733
B-15523
B-6589
Stop, cool and clean engine of flammable materials before checking fluids. Never service or adjust loader with the engine running unless instructed to do so in the manual. Avoid with leaking hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel under pressure. It can penetrate the skin or eyes. Never fill fuel tank with engine running, while smoking or when near open flame.
Keep body, jewelry and clothing away from moving parts, electrical , hot parts and exhaust. Wear eye protection to guard from battery acid, compressed springs, fluids under pressure and flying debris when engines are running or tools are used. Use eye protection approved for type of welding. Keep rear door closed except for service. Close and latch door before operating the loader.
Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gases. Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. Batteries contain acid which burns eyes or skin on . Wear protective clothing. If acid s body, flush well with water. For eye flush well and get immediate medical attention.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/ operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer. MSW07-0409
101 103 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CORRECT
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 102 104 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SERVICE SCHEDULE Chart Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
SERVICE SCHEDULE
HOURS
SERVICE REQUIRED
Engine Oil Engine Air Filter and Air System
Check the oil level and add as needed. Do not overfill. Check display . Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged components. Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator and grille. Check coolant level COLD and add premixed coolant as needed. Remove the trapped water. Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
Engine Cooling System Fuel Filter Lift Arms, Cylinders, Bob-Tach Pivot Pins and Wedges Tires
8-10
Check for damaged tires and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire. Seat Bar, Control Interlocks, Seat Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as Belt, Seat Belt Retractors needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris from moving parts. Bobcat Interlock Control Systems Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate with seat (BICS™) bar raised. See details in this Manual. Front Horn / Back-up Alarm Check for proper function. Safety Signs and Safety Treads Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety treads that are damaged or worn. Operator Cab Check the fastening bolts, washers and nuts. Check the condition of the cab. Indicators and Lights Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights. Heater and A/C Filters Clean or replace filters as needed. (If Equipped) Hydraulic Fluid, Hoses and Check fluid level and add as needed. Check for damage and leaks. Repair or Tubelines replace as needed. Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase), Check fluid level and add as needed. Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed. Hand Controls and Steering Levers or Joysticks Wheel Nuts Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See TIRE MAINTENANCE in this manual.) Spark Arrester Muffler Clean the spark chamber. Battery Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed. Steering Lever Pivots Grease fittings. Fuel Filter Replace filter element. Engine / Hydro. Drive Belt Check for wear or damage. Check idler arm stop. Drive Belts (Alternator, air Check condition and tension. Adjust or replace as needed. conditioning, water pump) Bobcat Interlock Control System Check the function of the lift arm by control. (BICS™) Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter, Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, charge filter, and the reservoir Charge Filter, Reservoir Breather breather. Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase) Replace the fluid. Hydraulic Reservoir Replace the fluid. Case Drain Filters Replace the filters. Engine Valves Adjust the engine valves. Coolant Replace the coolant
■ ▲ ❏ ● ✶ ❍
50
100
■
■
■
250
500
1000
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
ITEM
❏
▲
▲
✶
●
▲
❍ Every 2 years
Or every 12 months. Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Check every 8 - 10 hours for the first 24 hours, then at 50 hour intervals. Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter element after the first 50 hours, then when service code [M0217] is displayed or as scheduled. Change oil and filter every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions. Perform at first 500 hours, then as scheduled.
103 105 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING)
Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and raise seat bar fully. Move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
Figure 156 2
1
3
7. Engage parking brake and move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. 6 NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left instrument will remain ON until the engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed and the parking brake is disengaged.
5 4
8. Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop engine. Turn lift arm by control knob clockwise 1/ 4 turn. Pull up and hold lift arm by control knob until lift arms slowly lower.
P-76459A
1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key to RUN or press RUN button. Lower seat bar and disengage parking brake. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 4). Two BICS™ lights (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 156] [SEAT BAR AND LIFT & TILT VALVE] on left instrument must be OFF. The PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button will light.
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) 9. Sit in operator’s seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat bar, start engine and press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS™ lights (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 156] [SEAT BAR, LIFT & TILT VALVE AND PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button light will turn OFF.
10. Raise lift arms about 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. 11. Turn key OFF or press STOP button, and wait for the engine to come to a complete stop. 12. Turn key ON or press RUN button. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick) to lower the lift arms. Lift arms must not lower.
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) 3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar and press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 4). Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 5). The auxiliary hydraulics light will be ON (Item 6) [Figure 156]. Raise the seat bar. The light must be OFF.
13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick) to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket (or attachment) must not tilt forward.
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING)
WARNING
4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking brake and fasten seat belt.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it does not, your dealer for service. DO NOT modify the system.
5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms must stop. Repeat using the tilt function.
W-2151-1111
104 106 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Inspecting The Lift Arm By Control
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals and handles (if equipped) must be firmly locked in the NEUTRAL position (except joysticks). There must be no motion of the lift arms or tilt (attachment) when the controls are moved.
Description The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with armrests.
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat bar. The lift arms must stop.
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the seat. Models with Standard Controls have hydraulic valve spool interlocks for the lift and tilt functions. The spool interlocks require the operator to lower the seat bar in order to operate the foot pedal controls.
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar. Operate the foot pedals and handles (if equipped) to be sure they are firmly locked in the NEUTRAL position (except joysticks).
When the seat bar is down, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated and the engine is running, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions can be operated.
Maintaining When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
Models with Advanced Control System (ACS) have mechanical interlocks for the handles and pedals. The interlocks for the handles and pedals require the operator to lower the seat bar in order to operate the selected controls.
2
When the seat bar is down, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated and the engine is running, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions can be operated using the selected controls (handles or foot pedals).
1
When the seat bar is up, the handles and pedals are locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position. Models with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) have electrical deactivation of joystick functions. Activation of functions require the operator to lower the seat bar.
N-19225
Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting hardware. The correct hinge bolt (Item 1) torque is 34 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb). The seat bar sensor nut (left side only) (Item 2) [Figure 157] torque is 6 - 8 N•m (50 - 70 inlb).
When the seat bar is down, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated and the engine is running, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions can be operated. When the seat bar is up, the joystick functions are deactivated even though the joystick does not mechanically lock.
If the seat bar system does not function correctly, replace parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine Bobcat replacement parts.
Inspecting Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
WARNING The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt control functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if hydraulic controls do not deactivate.
Operate the hydraulic controls to check that both the lift and tilt functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms until the attachment is about 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground.
W-2465-111
105 107 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 157
SEAT BELT
Figure 158
Inspection And Maintenance
1
WARNING
3
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in serious injury or death. W-2466-0703
Check the seat belt daily for correct function. 4
Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or unusual wear, significant discolorations due to ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other obvious problem should be replaced immediately. B-22283
The items below are referenced in [Figure 158]. 1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear, fraying, dirt and stiffness. 2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation. Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn, deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken. 3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped) by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly. 4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV) rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original color of the webbing in these areas is extremely faded and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the webbing strength may have deteriorated. See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement parts for your machine.
106 108 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2
Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once each year or more often if the machine is exposed to severe environmental conditions or applications.
LIFT ARM DEVICE
Figure 159
Installing
1
WARNING Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm device. Failure to use an approved lift arm device can allow the lift arms or attachment to fall and cause injury or death. Service lift arm device if damaged or if parts are missing. Using a damaged lift arm or with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop causing injury or death.
P-43747
P-31266
Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame (Inset) [Figure 159].
W-2572-0407
DANGER
The operator must stay in the operator seat with the seat belt fastened and the seat bar lowered until the lift arm device is installed. Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up. Figure 160 P-90328
•
•
AVOID DEATH Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless ed by an approved lift arm . Replace if damaged. D-1009-0409
Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on Page 79.) OR (See Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 81.)
P-31857
Have a second person install the lift arm device over the rod of one of the lift cylinders [Figure 160]. The lift arm device must be tight against the cylinder rod.
107 109 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Remove the lift arm device (Item 1) [Figure 159] from the storage position.
LIFT ARM DEVICE (CONT’D) Installing (Cont’d) Figure 161
P-10136
P-31856B
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm device is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder [Figure 161]. The tabs of the lift arm device must go past the end of the cylinder (Inset) [Figure 161]. Removing The operator must be in the operator’s seat, with the seat belt fastened and seat bar lowered, until the lift arm device is removed and the lift arms are lowered all the way. Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up. Have a second person remove the lift arm device. Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine. Return the lift arm device to the storage position and secure with clamping knobs. Remove the jackstands.
108 110 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1) [Figure 163], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 163] and back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 2) [Figure 164] for tightness and damage. Repair or replace any damaged components.
Description The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See Adjusting Switch Position on Page 109.) Adjusting Switch Position
Inspecting
NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have back-up alarm switches and cannot be adjusted. See your Bobcat dealer for service if your back-up alarm does not sound.
Figure 162
1 Standard Controls And ACS (If Equipped) Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.)
Switch Rollers ing Bellcranks
P-76108
2
Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal (Item 1) [Figure 162]. Replace if required.
2
1
1
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Disengage the parking brake. P-62915
Move both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels or both tracks are moving in reverse.
Place the steering levers in the neutral position.
The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear door.
Loosen the screws (Item 1) [Figure 164] securing the back-up alarm switches.
Figure 163
Position the back-up alarm switch rollers so that they just make with bellcranks without compressing the switch springs [Figure 164]. Torque the screws (Item 1) [Figure 164] securing the switches to the bracket to 1,6 2,1 N•m (14 - 19 in-lb). 1
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.) Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See Inspecting on Page 109.)
2 P-69346
109 111 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 164
OPERATOR CAB
Figure 165
Description The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be worn for rollover protection. Check the ROPS / FOPS cab, mounting and hardware for damage. Never modify the ROPS / FOPS cab. Replace the cab and hardware if damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts. P-43747
ROPS / FOPS - Roll Over protective Structure per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per SAE J1043 and ISO 3449, Level I. Level II is available.
Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame [Figure 165].
Level I Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks, and hand tools encountered in operations such as highway maintenance, landscaping, and other construction sites. Level II Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines involved in site clearing, overhead demolition or forestry.
WARNING
P-31288
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, drilling holes or adding attachments unless instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to the cab can cause loss of operator protection from rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or death.
Remove the nuts and plates [Figure 166] (both sides) at the front corners of the cab.
WARNING
W-2069-0200
Raising
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB WITH CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the cab. Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab, install the lift arm device. (See LIFT ARM DEVICE on Page 107.)
•
STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab. W-2758-0908
NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame could the steering levers while raising or lowering the operator cab. The engine MUST be stopped before raising or lowering the operator cab.
110 112 of 194
P-31289
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 166
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Raising (Cont’d)
WARNING
Figure 167 UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB WITH CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH •
STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab. W-2758-0908
NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame could the steering levers while raising or lowering the operator cab. The engine MUST be stopped before raising or lowering the operator cab. P-31858A
Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab [Figure 167] slowly until the cab is all the way up and the latching mechanism engages. Lowering
WARNING
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the cab.
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY Remove your hand from the latching mechanism when the cab is past the latch stop.
NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the cab. Figure 168
W-2469-0803
Figure 169
N-20120
P-31859A
Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until it stops at the latching mechanism [Figure 168].
P-31288
Install the plates and nuts (both sides) [Figure 169].
NOTE: The weight of the cab increases when equipped with options and accessories such as cab door, heater, air conditioning, etc. In these cases, the cab may need to be raised slightly from the latch to be able to release the latch.
Tighten the nuts to 54 - 61 N•m (40 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
111 113 of 194
P-31289
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
the cab and release the latching mechanism (Inset) [Figure 168]. Remove your hand from the latch mechanism when the cab is past the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the cab all the way down.
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)
Figure 172
Cab Door Sensor This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor. Figure 170
P-76461Q
The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 171] will be ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to RUN or the RUN / ENTER button is pressed, the seat bar is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
1
[DOOR] will appear in the data display [Figure 172].
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-68116B
The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 170] installed which deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the door is open. Figure 171
1
P-76459B
The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 171] will be OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned to RUN or the RUN / ENTER button is pressed, the seat bar is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
112 114 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
REAR DOOR (TAILGATE)
Adjusting
Opening And Closing
Figure 175
Figure 173
1
P-76970A P-30806
P-31848A
Reach into the slot in the rear door and pull the latch handle [Figure 173].
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
Pull the rear door open.
REAR GRILLE
Figure 174
Removing
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The door latch (Item 1) [Figure 175] can be adjusted up or down for alignment with the door latch mechanism.
Open the rear door.
1
Figure 176 P-66784
2
P-16366
P-16367
Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1) [Figure 174] to hold the door open. Move the door stop up (Item 2) [Figure 174] to disengage the door stop and allow the door to close.
P-31249
Close the rear door.
Lift and pull the rear grille to remove it from the loader [Figure 176].
WARNING
Installing Align the tabs of the rear grille into the slots in the loader frame (Inset) [Figure 176].
Keep the rear door closed when operating the machine. Failure to do so could seriously injure a bystander.
Lower the rear grille and close the rear door.
W-2020-1285
113 115 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
Evaporator / Heater Coil Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.)
This machine may be equipped with a Heating System or HVAC.
Figure 179
Cleaning And Maintenance The heating and HVAC systems require regular inspection and maintenance. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
1
Filters Figure 177
P-76565
1
Remove the cover screws (Item 1) [Figure 179] and remove the cover.
1
P-48012
The Fresh Air Filter (Item 1) [Figure 177] is located below the rear window outside the cab. Remove the clamping knobs, filter cover and filter. Shake the filter or use low pressure air to remove dirt. This can be done several times before replacement is required. Install the filter, filter cover and clamping knobs.
2 P-76201
Figure 178
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the evaporator (Item 1) and heater coil (Item 2) [Figure 180]. Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.) Condenser The condenser should be cleaned with the oil cooler and the radiator. (See Cleaning on Page 121.) Air Conditioning Lubrication
1
Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every week to lubricate the internal components.
P-48005
The Recirculation Filter (Item 2) [Figure 178] is located in front of the rear window inside the cab. Remove the clamping knobs, filter cover, and filter.
Troubleshooting If the fan does not run, or the air conditioning does not turn on, check the fuse. (See ELECTRICAL SYSTEM on Page 123.)
Shake the filter or use a vacuum to clean. This can be done several times before replacement is required. Install the filter with the arrows pointing forward (Inset) [Figure 178], install the filter cover and clamping knobs.
If the air conditioning system circulates warm air, the refrigerant may need to be recharged.
114 116 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 180
AIR CLEANER SERVICE
Outer Filter
Replacing Filter Elements
Figure 183
Figure 181 2
2
1 3 1
P-76460G P-76883
Figure 182 Open the latches (Item 1) and remove the dust cover (Item 2) [Figure 183].
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 184
1
B-15553M
1
It is important to change the air filter element only when necessary. The Service indicator (Item 1) will FLASH and service code [M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the Data Display (Item 2) when the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 181] is held for two seconds.
P-76884
Pull the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 184] out and discard.
The Air Cleaner icon on the Deluxe Instrumentation , if equipped, will be ON (Item 1) [Figure 182].
NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt and debris.
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is replaced or as indicated.
Install new filter element. Push all the way in until it s the base of the housing. Install the dust [Figure 183].
115 117 of 194
cover
and
secure
the
latches
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D)
Figure 186
Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d) Inner Filter
2
Only replace the inner filter element under the following conditions: •
Replace the inner filter element every third time the outer filter is replaced.
•
After the outer element has been replaced, start the engine and run at full rpm. If the HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY shows [M0117] (Air Filter Plugged), replace the inner filter element.
1
P-76883
Figure 185
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Install the dust cover (Item 2) and secure the latches (Item 1) [Figure 186].
1
P-76885
Remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 185]. NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt and debris. Install new filter element. Push all the way in until it s the base of the housing. Install the outer element [Figure 184].
116 118 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Biodiesel Blend Fuel
Fuel Specifications
Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or Grade No. 1.
•
Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
•
Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for microbial growth and contamination which can cause corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
•
Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature failure of fuel system components, such as plugged fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
•
Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters and fuel lines.
•
Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector pump and seals.
TEMPERATURE C° (F°)
NO. 2
NO. 1
-9° (+15°)
100%
0%
Down to -29° (-20°)
50%
50%
Below -29° (-20°)
0%
100%
At a minimum, low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this machine. Low sulfur is defined as 500 mg/kg (500 ppm) sulfur maximum. The following fuels may also be used in this machine: •
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel. Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur maximum.
•
Biodiesel blend fuel - Must contain no more than five percent biodiesel mixed with low sulfur or ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel. This is commonly marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM D975 (US Standard) or EN590 (EU Standard) specifications.
Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is used: •
Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
•
Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.
•
Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces, remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces immediately.
•
Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before operating the machine.
•
Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended oil change intervals can cause engine damage.
•
Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least 30 minutes.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term stability and should not be stored for more than three months.
117 119 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
WARNING
Filling The Fuel Tank
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
W-2063-0807
Figure 187
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
P-76886
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 187]. Figure 188 WRONG
B-15650
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has free movement of air and no open flames or sparks NO SMOKING! [Figure 188]. Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 187]. 118 120 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing Air From The Fuel System
Fuel Filter
After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system before starting the engine.
For the service interval for removing water from, or replacing the fuel filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
WARNING
Removing Water Figure 189
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury. W-2072-0807
2
1 P-76887
1
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 189] at the bottom of the filter element to remove water from the filter. Replacing Element Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 189].
2
Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and hand tighten.
P-76888
Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air From The Fuel System on Page 119.)
Open the vent (Item 1) [Figure 190] on the fuel filter housing. Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 2) [Figure 190] until fuel flows from the vent with no air bubbles.
WARNING
Close the vent (Item 1) [Figure 190].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
119 121 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 190
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter
Checking And Adding Engine Oil
For the service interval for replacing the engine oil and filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the engine for the work shift.
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop the engine.
Figure 191
Open the rear door and remove the drain hose from its storage position (Item 4) [Figure 191].
3
Figure 193 1
2
1
4
P-76971
Park the machine on level ground. Open the rear door and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 191].
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 193] and drain the oil into a container. Recycle or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner.
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do not overfill. Engine Oil Chart
Install the oil drain cap.
Figure 192
Remove the oil filter (Item 2) [Figure 191] and clean the filter housing surface.
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER (LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE CRANKCASE)
Use genuine Bobcat filter only. Put oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and hand tighten. Remove the fill cap (Item 3) [Figure 191]. Put oil in the engine. For the correct quantity (See Capacities on Page 186.) Do not overfill. Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 191] and check the oil level. Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.
WARNING TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE API CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER) [1] Synthetic Oil - Use recommendation from Synthetic Oil Manufacturer.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
Use good quality engine oil that meets API Service Classification of CI-4 or better [Figure 192].
W-2103-0508
120 122 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76891
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
Figure 195
Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance or engine damage. 1
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any of the following conditions exist: • When fluids are under pressure. • Flying debris or loose material is present. • Engine is running. • Tools are being used.
2
P-76189
W-2019-0907
Open the rear door. (See REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 113.) Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 113.)
Raise the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) and use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 195].
Figure 194
Figure 196
2
1
1 P-76190
P-76181
NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the oil cooler so that the oil cooler does not fall on the radiator and damage the fins.
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 194], if equipped.
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) and use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator (Item 2) [Figure 196]. Lower the oil cooler. Lower the air conditioning condenser, if equipped. Check the cooling system for leaks. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
121 123 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the air conditioning condenser so that the air conditioning condenser does not fall on the oil cooler and damage the fins.
Cleaning
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Checking Level
Removing And Replacing Coolant
Open the rear door and raise the rear grille.
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille.
Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 3) [Figure 197] on the tank. Coolant must be at the bottom marker when the engine is cold; top marker when hot.
Figure 197
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
1
IMPORTANT 2
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
3
P-76972
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which protect the internal engine components; reduces the boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 197]. Remove the plug (Item 2) [Figure 197] located between the oil filter and the starter. Drain the coolant into a container.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength concentrated coolant can cause serious premature engine damage.
After all the coolant is removed, install the plug. Recycle or dispose of coolant in an environmentally safe manner.
I-2124-0497
Figure 198
Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities on Page 186.) NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.
1
Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene glycol to the recovery tank. (See Checking Level on Page 122.) The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F) freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt of water. P-76780
Fill the tank until it is at the lower marker on the tank and replace the coolant fill cap.
NOTE: All access covers (Item 1) [Figure 198] (both sides) must be in place to ensure correct air flow through the oil cooler which will ensure cooling for engine and hydraulic system.
NOTE: When installing the coolant fill cap, the cap must be tightened until it clicks. Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop the engine. Check the coolant level when cool. Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene glycol in your cooling system. Add coolant as needed. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
122 124 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76892
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system efficiency and may cause serious premature engine damage.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Figure 201
Description 1
Figure 199
2
3
11
9
5
13
15
17
6
18
7
19
P-13849
8
4
12
10
14
20
16
7159779
The loader has a 12 volt, negative ground alternator charging system. The electrical system is protected by fuses located in the cab on the steering control , and a 100 ampere master fuse [Figure 199] in the engine compartment on the left side of the engine, under the air cleaner. The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is an electrical overload. The reason for the overload must be found before starting the engine again.
N-19660
The location [Figure 201].
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification Figure 200
1
P-76302
and
sizes
are
REF DESCRIPTION
AMP
REF DESCRIPTION
below
and
AMP
1
Unswitched Horn
25
11 Front & Marker Lights
R
2
ACS/AWS/SJC Switched
5
12 Fuel Shutoff
R
3
Alternator & Accessories Back-up Alarm
25
13 Rear Lights
R
4
Attachments
25
14 Traction
R
5
Heater & Air Conditioning
25
15 Glow Plugs
R
6
Front & Marker Lights
15
16 Starter
R
7
Rear Lights
15
17 Traction
30
8
Bobcat Controller
25
18 Fuel Shutoff
30
9
Heater & Air Conditioning
R
19 Power Plug
15
R
20 ACS/AWS/SJC Unswitched
25
10 Switch Power
The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses and relays under the fuse cover (Item 1) [Figure 200]. A decal is inside the cover to show location and amperage ratings.
shown
R - Relay
Remove the cover to check or replace the fuses.
123 125 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76895
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Battery Maintenance Figure 202
P-09589
P-09590
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 202]. Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from battery and cables with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water solution. Put Battery Saver (6988074) or grease on the battery terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on . Wear goggles, protective clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off body. In case of acid , wash immediately with water. In case of eye get prompt medical attention and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 minutes. If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get prompt medical attention. W-2065-0807
124 126 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) [Figure 203] to the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 203] to the positive terminal on the loader starter.
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the operator’s seat and one person to connect and disconnect the battery cables.
Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) [Figure 203] to the negative terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 203] to the engine.
The key switch must be OFF or the STOP button must be pressed. The booster battery must be 12 volt.
Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine. (See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 67.) After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable (Item 4) [Figure 203] first. Remove the cable from the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 203].
WARNING BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. When jumping from booster battery make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Damage to the alternator can occur if: • Engine is operated with battery cables disconnected. • Battery cables are connected when using a fast charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove both cables from the battery.) • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are connected wrong.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. W-2066-0910
Figure 203
4
I-2023-1285
2
P-76896
3
1
P-31292
125 127 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
IMPORTANT
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Figure 205
Removing And Installing Battery
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on . Wear goggles, protective clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off body. In case of acid , wash immediately with water. In case of eye get prompt medical attention and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 minutes.
P-09589
P-09590
Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when installing a new or used battery [Figure 205].
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get prompt medical attention.
Open the rear door.
Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks.
Figure 204
Connect and tighten the battery cables. Install and tighten the battery hold down. 2
WARNING 1
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. When jumping from booster battery make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
3
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
P-76973
Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 204].
W-2066-0910
Remove the battery hold down clamp (Item 3) [Figure 204]. Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 2) [Figure 204] from the battery. Remove the battery from the loader.
126 128 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
When installing the battery in the loader, do not touch any metal parts with the battery terminals.
W-2065-0807
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart
Checking And Adding Fluid
Figure 208 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG) AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day before starting the work shift. Put the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach fully back. Stop the engine.
TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED DURING MACHINE USE [1] VG 100; Minimum VI 130 [2] VG 46; Minimum VI 150 [3] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid [4] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid [5] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at operating temperatures.)
1
P-31283A
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system [Figure 208]. (See Hydraulic System on Page 185.)
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure 206]. Figure 207
1
P-76899
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 207]. Add fluid as needed to bring the level to the center of the sight gauge. Install the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 207]. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
127 129 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 206
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
SERVICE
interval.
(See
SERVICE
Open the rear door.
Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after major repair.
Figure 210
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, the case drain filters and the hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter on Page 128.) Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. Remove the fill cap. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Figure 209
P-76900
1
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 210]. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal s the housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install and hand tighten the filter element. P-24751
Remove the plug from the top of the reservoir (Item 1) [Figure 209]. Pump the fluid out of the reservoir and into a container.
WARNING
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
WARNING
W-2103-0508
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
Close the rear door before operating the loader. Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
W-2103-0508
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Install the plug (Item 1) [Figure 209] and lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.)
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.)
Add the correct fluid to the reservoir until the fluid level is at the center of the sight gauge. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.) Replace the fill cap, install the rear grille and close the rear door. 128 130 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
WARNING
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Single Speed Loaders) For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
SERVICE
Figure 211 Left Side Shown
W-2103-0508
1
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner. Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
P-45492
Remove both [Figure 211].
hydrostatic
motor
covers
(Item
1)
Figure 212
W-2072-0807
1
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter assemblies. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.)
1 P-45499
P-45493
Remove the case drain filter assemblies (Item 1) [Figure 212] near the hydrostatic motors. Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the new filter assembly. Install new filter assemblies. Install motor covers.
129 131 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
WARNING
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Figure 214
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Two-Speed Loaders) Raise the lift arms and install the lift arm device. (See LIFT ARM DEVICE on Page 107.)
1
DANGER P-76168
Remove the case drain filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 214]. Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the new filter assembly.
P-90328
•
AVOID DEATH Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless ed by an approved lift arm . Replace if damaged.
Install new case drain filter assembly and replace the side access cover. Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner. SJC equipped machines skip ahead to [Figure 216].
D-1009-0409
Figure 215 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Figure 213
2
2
1 1
1
P-76174
Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars (Item 1) [Figure 215] which are connected to the steering shaft on the control .
P-76171
Remove the left side access cover (Item 1) [Figure 213] near the rear tire.
Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 215].
130 132 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
•
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
WARNING
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Two-Speed Loaders) (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
Figure 216
1
W-2072-0807
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter assemblies. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.) P-76160
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Remove the case drain filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 216]. Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the new filter assembly. Install new case drain filter assembly.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
Standard Controls and ACS only: Align the marks on the steering linkage bars. Install the steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 215] in the proper orientation (two bolts facing up and two bolts facing down). Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb). Recycle or dispose of the environmentally safe manner.
used
fluid
in
an
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.) Remove the lift arm device and lower the lift arms. (See LIFT ARM DEVICE on Page 107.) Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
131 133 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Figure 219
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
SERVICE 1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Earlier Models P-76553A
Figure 217
Remove and discard the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 219]. Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base where they the filter element seal. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install the element on the filter base. Install and hand tighten the filter housing to 47 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
1
WARNING
P-64239
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 217]. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal s the housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install and hand tighten the new filter.
W-2103-0508
Later Models
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.)
Figure 218
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
WARNING 1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury. P-76676
W-2072-0807
Place a suitable container below the filter housing and remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 218].
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.)
132 134 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
All Models
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Breather Cap For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
SERVICE
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Figure 220
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
P-76881
Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 220] and discard. Install new breather cap. Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.)
133 135 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER
WARNING
Cleaning Procedure See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for cleaning the spark arrester muffler. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
When the engine is running during service, the driving and steering controls must be in neutral and the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can cause injury or death.
Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust system.
W-2006-1209
Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of wood over the outlet of the muffler.
IMPORTANT
This will force contaminants out through the cleanout hole.
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A. Forestry Service approved spark arrester exhaust system.
Stop the engine.
The spark arrester muffler, if equipped, must be cleaned to keep it in working condition. The spark arrester muffler must be serviced by dumping the spark chamber every 100 hours of operation.
Install and tighten the plug.
On some models, the turbocharger functions as the spark arrester and must operate correctly for proper spark arrester function.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
If this machine is operated on flammable forest, brush, or grass covered land, it must be equipped with a spark arrester attached to the exhaust system and maintained in working order. Failure to do so will be in violation of California State Law, Section 4442. PRC. Refer to local laws and regulations for spark arrester requirements.
W-2050-0807
I-2284-0111
Stop the engine. Open the rear door.
WARNING
Figure 221
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles. Failure to obey can cause serious injury. W-2011-1285
WARNING
1
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive dust or gases or where exhaust can flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can cause injury or death.
P-76902
W-2068-1285
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 221] from the bottom of the muffler. 134 136 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Close the rear door.
TIRE MAINTENANCE
It is important to keep the same size tires on each side of the loader. If different sizes are used, each tire will be turning at a different rate and cause excessive wear. The tread bars of all the tires must face the same direction.
Wheel Nuts Figure 222
Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid excessive tire wear and loss of stability and handling capability. Check for correct pressure before operating the loader. Mounting Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person using the proper procedures and safe equipment. Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage. The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. P-54291
See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval to check the wheel nuts [Figure 222]. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tire and cause serious injury or death.
When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 217 N•m (160 ft-lb) torque.
During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure frequently to avoid over inflation.
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench to 190 N•m (140 ft-lb) to prevent over-tightening.
WARNING
Rotating
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an explosion which can result in injury or death.
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure. Figure 223
W-2078-1007
IMPORTANT Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used on the same machine. I-2057-1010
B-9976
Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires to the front [Figure 223].
135 137 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a rubber lubricant before mounting the tire.
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)
Removing And Replacing Oil
Checking And Adding Oil
Figure 225
The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and chains and uses the same type of oil as the hydraulic / hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic System on Page 185.) 1
Park the loader on a level surface and stop the engine. Figure 224
1 P-76684
Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 225] from the front of the chaincase housing.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 226
P-31287
Remove the drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 224] from the front of the chaincase housing. If oil can be reached with the tip of your finger through the hole, the oil level is correct. If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from the hole. P-31287A
Install and tighten the plug.
Remove the oil from the chaincase [Figure 226]. Recycle or dispose of the used oil in an environmentally safe manner. Add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from the hole.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
136 138 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ALTERNATOR BELT
Belt Replacement
Belt Adjustment
Remove the air conditioning belt, if equipped. (See AIR CONDITIONING BELT on Page 138.)
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Loosen the alternator shield mounting bolts (Item 1) and remove the alternator shield (Item 2) [Figure 227].
Figure 227
Loosen the alternator mounting and adjustment bolts (Item 1) and remove the alternator belt shield (Item 3) [Figure 228].
2
Move the alternator forward as far as it will go. Remove the belt from the pulleys and inspect the pulleys for wear. Replace as needed. Install new alternator belt. 1
Install alternator belt shield (Item 3) [Figure 228].
Install the alternator shield and tighten mounting bolts.
Loosen the alternator shield mounting bolts (Item 1) and remove the alternator shield (Item 2) [Figure 227].
Install the air conditioning belt, if equipped. (See AIR CONDITIONING BELT on Page 138.)
Figure 228
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
3
1
2 P-76904
Loosen the alternator mounting and adjustment bolts (Item 1) [Figure 228]. Move the alternator to tighten the belt. The tension is correct when there is 8,0 mm (5/16 in) movement at the middle of the belt span (Item 2) [Figure 228] with 66 N (15 lb) of force. Tighten the adjustment and mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 228]. Install the alternator shield and tighten mounting bolts. Close the rear door before operating the loader.
137 139 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Adjust the belt. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 137.)
P-76903
AIR CONDITIONING BELT
Figure 231
Belt Adjustment Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 229
2
1 3 1
P-76969
2
Remove bolt (Item 3) [Figure 229] holding harness clamp.
Move the air conditioning compressor toward the rear of machine to tighten the belt. The tension is correct when there is 4,0 mm (0.16 in) movement at the middle of the belt span (Item 2) [Figure 231] with 16,5 - 17,7 N (3.72 3.98 lb) of force.
Remove nuts (Item 1) and remove belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 229].
Tighten the mounting and adjustment nuts, install belt shield and install harness clamp and bolt.
Figure 230
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
P-76967
Belt Replacement Stop the engine and open the rear door. Remove bolt (Item 3) [Figure 229] holding harness clamp. 1
Remove nuts (Item 1) and remove belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 229]. Loosen the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 230] at bottom of compressor. Loosen the adjustment nut (Item 1) [Figure 231] at top of compressor.
P-76968
Loosen the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 230] at bottom of compressor.
Move the air conditioning compressor toward the front of the machine to loosen the belt. Remove the belt from the pulleys and inspect the pulleys for wear. Replace as needed. Install new air conditioning belt. Adjust the belt. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 138.) Close the rear door before operating the loader.
138 140 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Loosen the adjustment nut (Item 1) [Figure 231] at top of compressor.
DRIVE BELT
Figure 234
Belt Adjustment 1
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2
Figure 232
1 P-76915
2
NOTE: The pointer will be at the 1 o’clock position when the spring loaded drive idler is not under tension.
P-76966
Push the idler pulley against the belt using a pry bar. The pointer will be at the 3 o’clock position (Item 2) [Figure 234] when the idler pulley is properly adjusted.
Disconnect the two electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 232]. Unhook the drive belt shield clip (Item 2) [Figure 232].
Tighten the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 234] to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 3) [Figure 232] from the cable bracket. Move the cables to allow removal of the drive belt shield. Figure 233
1
2
P-76908
Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (Top bolt shown) (Item 1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2) toward the front of the loader to unseat the shield from the top and bottom drive belt housing bolts. Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 233].
139 141 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Loosen the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 234].
3
DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)
Figure 237
Belt Adjustment (Cont’d) Figure 235 1
TOP HOUSING BOLT
2 1 3
P-76966
Connect the [Figure 237].
P-76917
two
electrical
connectors
(Item
1)
BOTTOM HOUSING BOLT
Install the cable bracket and tighten the bolt and nut (Item 3) [Figure 237]. Connect the negative battery cable.
1
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
P-76919
Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt housing bolts and slide the drive belt shield toward the back of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and bottom drive belt housing bolts (Item 1) [Figure 235] and [Figure 236].
140 142 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Hook the drive belt shield clip (Item 2) [Figure 237] in place.
Figure 236
DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Belt Replacement Follow the procedure under drive belt adjustment to loosen the spring loaded drive idler. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 139.) Figure 238
1
2 3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76915
Remove the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item 1) and spring loaded drive idler (Item 2) [Figure 238]. Remove the drive belt (Item 3) [Figure 238] from the pump pulley and flywheel and remove the belt from the loader. Install new drive belt. Install the spring loaded drive idler. Apply Loctite® 242 to the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 238] and install the mounting bolt and washer. Continue the procedure under drive belt adjustment to adjust the drive belt and complete installation of removed and disconnected components. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 139.) Close the rear door before operating the loader.
141 143 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LUBRICATING THE LOADER
Figure 241
Lubrication Locations Lubricate the loader as specified for the best performance of the loader. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.) Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the Bobcat Loader.
5
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply lubricant until extra grease shows. Lubricate the following: N-18510
Figure 239 5. Tilt Cylinder Base End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 241]. Figure 242
6 7
N-18505
1. Stabilizer Rod - Front (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 239] N-18509
Figure 240 3
6. Tilt Cylinder Rod End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 242]. 7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 242].
2 4 N-18506
Access Hole
P-31841B
2. Stabilizer Rod - Rear (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 240]. 3. Lift Cylinder Rod End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 240]. 4. Lift Cylinder Base End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 240].
142 144 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D)
Figure 245
Lubrication Locations (Cont’d) Figure 243 8
11
N-18511
P-31839
9
11. Lift Arm Link Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 245]. P-16045
Figure 246
9. Power Bob-Tach [Figure 243].
Cylinder
(Both
Sides)
(2)
Figure 244
10
12
P-90061A
NOTE: SJC equipped machines do not have a steering lever shaft. 12. 250 Hours: Steering Lever Shaft (2) [Figure 246]. N-18508
10. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 244].
143 145 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
8. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 243].
PIVOT PINS Inspection And Maintenance Figure 247
1
P-31309
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 247]. Check that the lock nuts are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
144 146 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER)
The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) must the lower edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 249].
Inspection And Maintenance If the wedge does not the lower edge of the hole [Figure 249], the attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 248
Figure 250
P-31693
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges [Figure 248]. The levers and wedges must move freely.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off. W-2715-0208
Figure 249 1 B-17460
2 Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and BobTach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or damage [Figure 250]. Replace any parts that are damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
Wedge must lower edge of hole in the attachment. P-31233
Look for cracked welds. your Bobcat dealer for repair or replacement parts.
B-15177
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on Page 142.)
The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 249] must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame.
145 147 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOB-TACH (POWER) This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.
If the wedge does not the lower edge of the hole [Figure 252], the attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Inspection And Maintenance
Figure 253
Figure 251
1
2 .B-15993Q
Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch (Item 2) [Figure 251] until the wedges are fully down.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The levers and wedges must move freely.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off. W-2715-0208
Figure 252 1 B-17460
2 Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and BobTach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or damage [Figure 253]. Replace any parts that are damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
Wedge must lower edge of hole in the attachment. P-31233
Look for cracked welds. your Bobcat dealer for repair or replacement parts.
B-15177
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on Page 142.)
The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 252] must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) must the lower edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 252].
146 148 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Return To Service
Storage
After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, it is necessary to follow a list of items to return the loader to service.
Sometimes it may be necessary to store your Bobcat loader for an extend period of time. Below is a list of items to perform before storage.
•
Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check coolant level.
•
Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine compartment.
•
Install a fully charged battery.
•
Lubricate the loader.
•
Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
•
Replace worn or damaged parts.
•
Check all belt tensions.
•
Park the loader in a dry protected shelter.
•
Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
•
Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat on the ground.
•
Lubricate the loader.
•
Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the tires.
Check tire inflation and remove blocks from under frame.
•
Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
•
Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
•
•
Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump and fuel injectors.
Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while observing the instrument s and systems for correct operation.
•
Operate machine, check for correct function.
•
Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as needed.
•
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the following: Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least 30 minutes. •
Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with premixed coolant.
•
Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic / hydrostatic).
•
Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.
•
Put all controls in neutral position.
•
Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry place above freezing temperatures and charge it periodically during storage.
•
Cover the exhaust pipe opening.
•
Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage condition.
147 149 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 148 150 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 CONTROL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Right Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Attachment Control Information (Deluxe Instrumentation ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SETUP (KEYLESS START ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Changing The Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
149 151 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Changing The Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Changing The s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 150 152 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES
Deluxe Instrumentation
Viewing Service Codes
The optional Deluxe Instrumentation offers an additional view of service codes.
The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing conditions which can damage your machine.
Figure 255
Figure 254 Press TOOL / SETUP 2
B-16163
Press OWNER UTILITIES
B-24288
Enter (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
P-76455G
B-24290
Press the INFORMATION button (Item 1) to cycle the DATA DISPLAY (Item 2) [Figure 254] until the service code screen is displayed. If more than one SERVICE CODE is present, the codes will scroll on the DATA DISPLAY.
Press SERVICE CODES
B-24291
NOTE: Corroded or loose grounds can cause multiple service codes and / or abnormal symptoms. All instrument lights flashing, alarm sounding, headlights and taillights flashing, could indicate a bad ground. The same symptoms could apply if the voltage is low, such as loose or corroded battery cables. If you observe these symptoms, check grounds and positive leads first.
Press NEXT to view the next 8 Service Codes. (A total of 40 Codes can be stored.)
B-24298
The Display will list the Code Number, (CODE) hourmeter reading when the error occurred (HOUR), and the () who was logged in to operate the machine when the error occurred [Figure 255]. A total of 40 Codes can be stored. When more than 40 codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the newest code will be in the number 1 position.
151 153 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List Figure 256
The following word errors may be displayed: [REPLY] One or both instrument (s) not communicating with the controller.
2
1
[CODE] The controller is asking for a . (Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation s only.) [ERROR] The wrong was entered. (Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation s only.)
P-76461H P-76461P P-76455G
[SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.
Service Codes may be either a word (Item 1) or a number (Item 2) [Figure 256]. CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
A0618 A3623 A4621 A4622 A4721 A4722 A8002 A8003 A8005 A8006 A8007 A8032 A8102 A8103 A8105 A8106 A8107 A8132 A8202 A8203 A8205 A8206 A8207 A8232 A8302 A8303 A8305 A8306 A8307 A8332 A8402 A8403 A8405
Wheel speed out of range ACD not programmed Sensor supply 2 out of range high Sensor supply 2 out of range low Sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 1 out of range low ACD output ‘A’ error ON ACD output ‘A’ error OFF ACD output ‘A’ short to battery ACD output ‘A’ short to ground ACD output ‘A’ open circuit ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent ACD output ‘B’ error ON ACD output ‘B’ error OFF ACD output ‘B’ short to battery ACD output ‘B’ short to ground ACD output ‘B’ open circuit ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent ACD output ‘C’ error ON ACD output ‘C’ error OFF ACD output ‘C’ short to battery ACD output ‘C’ short to ground ACD output ‘C’ open circuit ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent ACD output ‘D’ error ON ACD output ‘D’ error OFF ACD output ‘D’ short to battery ACD output ‘D’ short to ground ACD output ‘D’ open circuit ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent ACD output ‘E’ error ON ACD output ‘E’ error OFF ACD output ‘E’ short to battery
A8406 A8407 A8432 A8502 A8503 A8505 A8506 A8507 A8532 A8602 A8603 A8605 A8606 A8607 A8702 A8703 A8705 A8706 A8707 A8802 A8803
ACD output ‘E’ short to ground ACD output ‘E’ open circuit ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent ACD output ‘F’ error ON ACD output ‘F’ error OFF ACD output ‘F’ short to battery ACD output ‘F’ short to ground ACD output ‘F’ open circuit ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent ACD output ‘G’ error ON ACD output ‘G’ error OFF ACD output ‘G’ short to battery ACD output ‘G’ short to ground ACD output ‘G’ open circuit ACD output ‘H’ error ON ACD output ‘H’ error OFF ACD output ‘H’ short to battery ACD output ‘H’ short to ground ACD output ‘H’ open circuit Reverse solenoid error ON Reverse solenoid error OFF
D3905 D3907 D4007 D7501 D7504 D7505 D7507 D7508 D7509 D7510 D7511
Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral CAN joystick communication error No communication from drive controller Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral Operating mode switch short to ground or battery Improper joysticks installed Left speed sensor not connected
152 154 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
[DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt functions will not operate.)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
D7512 D7513 D7514 D7515 D7516 D7517 D7518 D7519 D7521 D7522 D7523 D7524 D7525 D7526 D7527 D7528 D7529 D7531 D7532 D7533 D7534 D7535 D7536 D7537 D7538 D7539 D7540 D7541 D7542 D7543 D7544 D7545 D7546 D7547 D7548 D7549 D7550 D7551 D7552 D7553 D7554 D7555 D7556 D7557 D7558 D7559 D7560 D7561 D7562 D7563
Right speed sensor not connected Right front wheel angle sensor stuck Left front wheel angle sensor stuck Right rear wheel angle sensor stuck Left rear wheel angle sensor stuck Left swash plate not in neutral Right swash plate not in neutral Left joystick X-axis out of range high Left joystick Y-axis out of range high Right joystick Y-axis out of range high Right front wheel angle sensor out of range high Left front wheel angle sensor out of range high Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range high Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range high Left swash plate out of position Right swash plate out of position Left joystick X-axis out of range low Left joystick Y-axis out of range low Right joystick Y-axis out of range low Right front wheel angle sensor out of range low Left front wheel angle sensor out of range low Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range low Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range low Sensor supply 1 out of range low Sensor supply 2 out of range low Left swash plate sensor out of range high Left swash plate sensor out of range low Right swash plate sensor out of range high Right swash plate sensor out of range low Left forward drive solenoid error ON Left reverse drive solenoid error ON Right forward drive solenoid error ON Right reverse drive solenoid error ON Right front steer extend short to battery Left front steer extend short to battery Right rear steer extend short to battery Left rear steer extend short to battery Steer pressure short to battery Back-up alarm error ON Left forward drive solenoid error OFF Left reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right forward drive solenoid error OFF Right reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right front steer extend short to ground Right front steer retract short to ground Left front steer extend short to ground Left front steer retract short to ground Right rear steer extend short to ground Right rear steer retract short to ground Left rear steer extend short to ground
D7564 D7565 D7566 D7567 D7568 D7569 D7570 D7571 D7572 D7573 D7574 D7575 D7576 D7577 D7578 D7579 D7580 D7581 D7582 D7583 D7584 D7585 D7586 D7587 D7588 D7589 D7590 D7591 D7592 D7593 D7594 D7595 D7596 D7597 D7598 D7599
Left rear steer retract short to ground Steer pressure short to ground Back-up alarm error OFF No communication from Gateway controller Angle sensors not calibrated Battery voltage out of range high Interrupted power (also occurs after software update) Battery voltage out of range low Drive pump not calibrated Operating mode switch flipped while operating Right wheel speed uncommanded motion Left wheel speed uncommanded motion No communication from ACS controller Left speed sensor out of range high Right speed sensor out of range high Left speed sensor out of range low Right speed sensor out of range low Right front steer retract short to battery Left front steer retract short to battery Right rear steer retract short to battery Left rear steer retract short to battery Sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 2 out of range high Software update required Switched power stuck ON Switched power error OFF Drive calibration performed Left swash plate sensor reversed Right swash plate sensor reversed Right speed sensor unresponsive Left speed sensor unresponsive Left speed sensor reversed Right speed sensor reversed Controller programmed In drive calibration mode In angle calibration mode
H1121 H1122 H1221 H1222 H1224 H1321 H1322 H1324 H2005 H2006 H2007 H2032 H2205
Boost Sensor out of range high Boost Sensor out of range low Right Primary out of range high Right Primary out of range low Right Primary not in neutral Left Primary out of range high Left Primary out of range low Left Primary not in neutral Boost solenoid short to battery Boost solenoid short to ground Boost solenoid open circuit Boost solenoid overcurrent Pressure control solenoid short to battery
153 155 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
H2206 H2207 H2232 H2305 H2306 H2307 H2332 H2405 H2406 H2407 H2432 H2505 H2506 H2507 H2605 H2606 H2607 H2632 H2705 H2706 H2707 H2732 H2805 H2806 H2807 H2905 H2906 H2907 H2932 H3028 H3128 H3648 H3913 H3916 H3928 H3948 H4013 H4016 H4028 H4048 H4302 H4303 H4423 H4502 H4503 H4602 H4603 H4721 H4722 H7314
Pressure control solenoid short to ground Pressure control solenoid open circuit Pressure control solenoid overcurrent Rear base solenoid short to battery Rear base solenoid short to ground Rear base solenoid open circuit Rear base solenoid overcurrent Rear rod solenoid short to battery Rear rod solenoid short to ground Rear rod solenoid open circuit Rear rod solenoid overcurrent Rear aux relief short to battery Rear aux relief short to ground Rear aux relief open circuit Front base solenoid short to battery Front base solenoid short to ground Front base solenoid open circuit Front base solenoid overcurrent Front rod solenoid short to battery Front rod solenoid short to ground Front rod solenoid open circuit Front rod solenoid overcurrent Diverter rod solenoid short to battery Diverter rod solenoid short to ground Diverter rod solenoid open circuit High-flow solenoid short to battery High-flow solenoid short to ground High-flow solenoid open circuit High-flow solenoid overcurrent Controller memory failure Interrupted power failure ACD multiple Left joystick grip no communication Left joystick not connected Left joystick failure Left joystick multiple Right joystick grip no communication Right joystick not connected Right joystick failure Right joystick multiple Horn error ON Horn error OFF Auxiliary not programmed Right signal error ON Right signal error OFF Left signal error ON Left signal error OFF Sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 1 out of range low Remote control failure
H7328 H7404 H7604
Remote control no signal Main controller no communication Left hand no communication
L0102 L0202 L0302 L0402 L7404 L7672
Left button 1 error ON Left button 2 error ON Left button 3 error ON Left button 4 error ON Left main controller no communication Left programming error
M0116 M0117 M0216 M0217 M0309 M0310 M0311 M0314 M0322 M0409 M0414 M0415 M0421 M0422 M0509 M0510 M0511 M0514 M0515 M0521 M0522 M0610 M0611 M0613 M0615 M0618 M0634 M0710 M0711 M0715 M0721 M0722 M0810 M0811 M0815 M0821 M0822 M0909 M0921
Air filter not connected Air filter plugged Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter not connected Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter plugged Battery voltage low Battery voltage high Battery voltage extremely high Battery voltage extremely low Battery voltage out of range low Engine oil pressure low Engine oil pressure extremely low Engine oil pressure shutdown Engine oil pressure out of range high Engine oil pressure out of range low Hydraulic charge pressure low Hydraulic charge pressure high Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low Hydraulic charge pressure shutdown Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low Engine speed high Engine speed extremely high Engine speed no signal Engine speed shutdown Engine speed out of range Engine speed invalid data from ECU Hydraulic oil temperature high Hydraulic oil temperature extremely high Hydraulic oil temperature shutdown Hydraulic oil temperature out of range high Hydraulic oil temperature out of range low Engine coolant temperature high Engine coolant temperature extremely high Engine coolant temperature shutdown Engine coolant temperature out of range high Engine coolant temperature out of range low Fuel level low Fuel level out of range high
154 156 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
M0922 M1016 M1017 M1121 M1122 M1128 M1305 M1306 M1307 M1402 M1403 M1407 M1428 M1502 M1503 M1507 M1528 M1605 M1606 M1607 M1705 M1706 M1707 M1732 M1805 M1806 M1807 M1832 M2005 M2006 M2007 M2032 M2102 M2103 M2107 M2128 M2202 M2203 M2207 M2228 M2302 M2303 M2402 M2403 M2502 M2503 M2602 M2603 M2721 M2722
Fuel level out of range low Hydraulic charge filter not connected Hydraulic charge filter plugged Seat bar sensor out of range high Seat bar sensor out of range low Seat bar sensor failure Fuel hold solenoid short to battery Fuel hold solenoid short to ground Fuel hold solenoid open circuit Fuel pull output error ON Fuel pull output error OFF Fuel pull output open circuit Fuel pull output failure Traction lock pull output error ON Traction lock pull output error OFF Traction lock pull output open circuit Traction lock pull output failure Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery Traction lock hold solenoid short to ground Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to battery Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to ground Hydraulic lock valve solenoid open circuit Hydraulic lock valve solenoid overcurrent Lift spool lock short to battery Lift spool lock short to ground Lift spool lock open circuit Lift spool lock overcurrent Two-speed primary short to battery Two-speed primary short to ground Two-speed primary open circuit Two-speed primary overcurrent Glow plug output error ON Glow plug output error OFF Glow plug output open circuit Glow plug output failure Starter output error ON Starter output error OFF Starter output open circuit Starter output failure Starter relay error ON Starter relay error OFF Fuel pull relay error ON Fuel pull relay error OFF Traction pull relay error ON Traction pull relay error OFF Glow plug relay error ON Glow plug relay error OFF Throttle primary out of range high Throttle primary out of range low
M2821 M2822 M3128 M3204 M3304 M3404 M3505 M3506 M3507 M3532 M3705 M3706 M3707 M3732 M3805 M3806 M3807 M3832 M4109 M4110 M4304 M4404 M4521 M4522 M4530 M4621 M4622 M4721 M4722 M4802 M4803 M4807 M4902 M4903 M4907 M5002 M5003 M5007 M5028 M5102 M5103 M5107 M5128 M5202 M5221 M5222 M5305 M5306 M5405 M5406
Throttle secondary out of range high Throttle secondary out of range low Interrupted power failure Workgroup no communication Deluxe no communication Deluxe no communication Hydraulic fan short to battery Hydraulic fan short to ground Hydraulic fan open circuit Hydraulic fan overcurrent Two-speed secondary short to battery Two-speed secondary short to ground Two-speed secondary open circuit Two-speed secondary overcurrent Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to battery Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to ground Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent Alternator low Alternator high Keyless no communication Auxiliary no communication Water in fuel sensor out of range high Water in fuel sensor out of range low Water in fuel sensor fault 5 volt sensor supply out of range high 5 volt sensor supply out of range low 8 volt sensor supply out of range high 8 volt sensor supply out of range low Front light relay error ON Front light relay error OFF Front light relay open circuit Rear light relay error ON Rear light relay error OFF Rear light relay open circuit Front light output error ON Front light output error OFF Front light output open circuit Front light output failure Rear light output error ON Rear light output error OFF Rear light output open circuit Rear light output failure PTOL switch error ON PTOL switch out of range high PTOL switch out of range low PTOL LED short to battery PTOL LED short to ground Tilt spool lock short to battery Tilt spool lock short to ground
155 157 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
M5407 M5432 M5902 M5948 M6002 M6402 M6403 M6505 M6506 M6507 M6604 M6702 M6703 M6707 M6728 M6802 M6803 M7002 M7003 M7007 M7028 M7102 M7103 M7128 M7202 M7203 M7207 M7304 M7316 M7423 M7472 M7497 M7504 M7604 M7748 M7839 M7974 M8541 M8542 M8543 M8550 M8551 M8552 M8553 M8554 M8560 M8561 M8562 M8563 M8564
Tilt spool lock open circuit Tilt spool lock overcurrent DPF force regeneration switch error ON DPF switch multiple DPF inhibit regeneration switch error ON Switched power relay error ON Switched power relay error OFF EEC power short to battery EEC power short to ground EEC power open circuit EEC power no communications HVAC output error ON HVAC output error OFF HVAC output open circuit HVAC output failure HVAC relay error ON HVAC relay error OFF Switched power output error ON Switched power output error OFF Switched power output open circuit Switched power output failure Electric fan 1 output error ON Electric fan 1 output error OFF Electric fan 1 output failure Electric fan 1 relay error ON Electric fan 1 relay error OFF Electric fan 1 relay open circuit Remote control no communication Remote control not connected Main controller not programmed Main controller in boot code Main controller software updated Drive no communication Left display no communication Key switch multiple Hourmeter changed Door open DPF automatic regeneration active DPF automatic regeneration active DPF regeneration required DPF service regeneration required DPF regeneration required but inhibited DPF regeneration required but inhibited DPF service regeneration required DPF service regeneration required DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active
M8615 M8625 M8715 M8725
Engine speed derate shutdown Engine speed derate unresponsive Torque derate shutdown Torque derate unresponsive
W3223 W3224 W3225 W3231 W3232 W3233 W3234 W3235 W3236 W3237 W3238 W3239 W3240 W3241 W3249 W3250 W3251 W3252 W3253 W3254 W3255 W3256 W3257 W3258 W3259 W3260 W3261 W3262 W3263 W3264 W3265 W3266 W3267 W3268 W3270 W3271 W3274 W3275 W3276 W3277 W3297 W3905 W4005 W4007
ACS calibration required ACS calibration performed ACS calibration failed Tilt actuator fault Tilt actuator wiring fault Tilt handle wiring fault Tilt actuator not in neutral Tilt handle / pedal not in neutral Lift actuator fault Lift actuator wiring fault Lift handle wiring fault Lift actuator not in neutral Lift handle / pedal not in neutral No communication Lift actuator short to ground Tilt actuator short to ground Lift actuator short to battery Tilt actuator short to battery Lift handle / pedal short to ground Tilt handle / pedal short to ground Lift handle / pedal short to battery Tilt handle / pedal short to battery Lift actuator reduced performance Tilt actuator reduced performance Lift actuator wrong direction Tilt actuator wrong direction Handle lock short to ground Handle lock short to battery Pedal lock short to ground Pedal lock short to battery Sensor supply voltage out of range Battery voltage out of range Handle/pedal switch flipped while operating Lift handle information error Right hand drive short to ground Right hand drive short to battery Left joystick X-axis out of range Interrupted unswitched power CAN joystick information error Remote control information error Controller programmed Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Right joystick X-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
156 158 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
CONTROL SETUP
Examples
Right Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation )
Figure 258
Icon Identification Figure 257 Press TOOL / SETUP
SELECTION BUTTONS
EXAMPLE
Press LOADER FEATURES B-16162
ICON
DESCRIPTION
Press DISPLAY OPTIONS
LOCK / UNLOCK: Allows machine to be locked / unlocked. You must lock machine to activate security system. When system is unlocked, the can press RUN / ENTER then press START to begin operation. A valid will need to be entered at startup to run a locked machine. TOOL / SETUP: Access system options. Use to set clock, check system warnings, select language, set s, etc.
?
Press ADJUST CONTRAST
HELP: Access help on current menu item.
EXIT
EXIT returns you to previous level menu.
11:23 0.0
CLOCK / JOB CLOCK: Press to clear or lock job clock; TOOL / SETUP to set time. UP ARROW: Goes backward one screen. DOWN ARROW: Goes forward one screen.
Press
UP OR DOWN
OUTLINE ARROWS: No screen available (backward / forward).
Arrow to change contrast
SELECTION ARROW: Use to select menu item. NEXT
Goes to the NEXT screen in series. EXAMPLE: the next Active Warning screen.
INFO
Goes to more information about attachments.
Press EXIT to return to previous level menu B-16163/B-24288/B-16161A/B-16166/B-16167
YES / NO Answer yes / no to current setup question. CLEAR Removes previously installed . SET
Set accepts current installed .
157 159 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Make selection by pressing the SELECTION BUTTON adjacent to the icon [Figure 257].
CONTROL SETUP (CONT’D)
Attachment Control Information (Deluxe Instrumentation )
Right Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation ) (Cont’d)
The Deluxe Instrumentation allows the to view information concerning the operation of Bobcat attachments.
More Examples Clocks
Figure 259
Press . . . TOOL / SETUP LOADER FEATURES DISPLAY OPTIONS CLOCKS
Press TOOL / SETUP
SET CLOCK Use the keypad to set time. Press RUN / ENTER to set clock. Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.
Press LOADER FEATURES
RESET JOB CLOCK ( required) Press CLEAR to reset Job Clock to zero. Press LOCK / UNLOCK to unlock. Enter and press RUN / ENTER. Press ATTACHMENTS
Languages Press . . . TOOL / SETUP LOADER FEATURES DISPLAY OPTIONS
Press RUN / ENTER BUTTON on keypad
LANGUAGES Select the language, press RUN / ENTER. Press EXIT to return to previous level menu. Vitals (Monitor the engine, hydraulic / hydrostatic, electrical functions when engine is running.)
Press UP OR DOWN
Press . . . TOOL / SETUP LOADER FEATURES.
Arrow to scroll through attachments
VITALS Press SELECTION ARROW to select METRIC or ENGLISH (M / E) readouts
Press the keypad number of a switch to view a description of the attachment function of the switch
You can monitor real-time readouts of: Engine Oil Pressure Engine Coolant Temperature Hydraulic Charge Pressure Hydraulic Oil Temperature System Voltage Engine Speed
B-16163/B-24288/B-16161A/B-15753A/B-15754A/B-15755A
The Deluxe Instrumentation is easy to use. Continue to set your own preferences for running / monitoring your Bobcat loader.
Attachments are listed alphabetically [Figure 259]. Press the exit button to return one screen or press the “0” (zero) key to return to the home screen immediately.
158 160 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
(Job Clock keeps a running total for job hours)
SETUP (KEYLESS START )
Lockout Feature
Description
This feature allows the owner to unlock the feature so that a does not need to be used every time the engine is started.
Master : A permanent, randomly selected set at the factory which cannot be changed. This is used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner is not known; or to change the owner .
Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical system. Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0).
Owner :
Figure 261
Allows for full use of the loader. It must be used to change the owner . Changing The Owner
Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0) if locked. Figure 260
2
1
P-90816B
Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 261]. The left display screen will show [CODE]. Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash, then become solid. The loader can now be started without using a .
2
1
NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the machine lock so that the loader requires a to start the engine.
P-90816B
Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2) [Figure 260] keys for two seconds.
Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical system.
The lock key red light will flash and the left display screen will show [ENTER].
Press the lock key (Item 1) [Figure 261].
Enter a new five digit using the number keys (1 through 0). An asterisk will show in the left display screen for each key press.
The lock key red light will flash and the left display screen will show [CODE].
The left display screen will show [AGAIN].
Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash, then the lock key red light will become solid.
Enter the new five digit again. You must now enter the every time to start the loader.
The lock key red light will become solid.
159 161 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical system.
SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION )
Changing The Owner Figure 262
Setup is available on machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation .
Press TOOL / SETUP Description All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked mode. This means that a must be used to start the engine.
Press OWNER UTILITIES
For security purposes, your dealer may change the and also set it in the locked mode. Your dealer will provide you with the . Enter (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Master : A permanent, randomly selected set at the factory which cannot be changed. This is used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner is not known; or to change the owner . Owner : Allows for full use of the loader and to setup the Deluxe Instrumentation . There is only one owner . It must be used to change the owner or s. Owner should change the as soon as possible for security of the loader.
Press MODIFY OWNER
:
Enter new OWNER on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot change or any of the other setup features. For the procedures to change s (See Changing The Owner on Page 160.) (See Changing The s on Page 161.)
Re-Enter new OWNER on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
OWNER procedure is now complete
B-16163/B-24288/B-24290/B-24291/B-16171/B-24292/B-24293/B-24294
160 162 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Press UTILITIES
SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION ) (CONT’D)
Lockout Feature This feature allows the owner to unlock the feature so that a does not need to be used every time the engine is started.
Changing The s Figure 263
Figure 264 Press TOOL / SETUP
Press LOCK / UNLOCK
Press OWNER UTILITIES
Press UTILITIES
Press UNLOCK MACHINE
Press MODIFY
Enter number on Keypad (There can be up to 8 different s, each with their own )
then press ENTER to Continue Press EXIT
Enter on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Machine is now UNLOCKED and can be started without using a
procedure is now complete. Enter another number OR Press EXIT
B-16163/P-76075/P-76076/P-76076A/P-76077
B-16163/B-24288/B-24290/B-24291/B-16171/B-24295/B-24296/B-24297A
161 163 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Enter OWNER on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Enter (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
MAINTENANCE CLOCK
This message will remain for 10 seconds before reverting back to the previous screen and will appear for 10 seconds every time the machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
Description The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The Maintenance Clock can be set to a 250 hour interval as a reminder for the next 250 hour planned maintenance.
Figure 267
Figure 265
2 1
1 B-16163A
The Deluxe Instrumentation , if equipped, will display a wrench icon (Item 1) [Figure 267] alerting the operator to service the machine. This icon will remain on the display until the maintenance clock is reset.
P-76461R
During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned maintenance.
NOTE: Loaders equipped with a Standard Key or Keyless Start will not display the BobCARESM PM message or wrench icon on the right .
The remaining hours before maintenance is required will appear in the data display (Item 1) for five seconds while the service icon (Item 3) and hourmeter icon (Item 2) [Figure 265] flash.
Setup See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature.
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after counting down to zero.
Reset
The display will then revert back to the previous display and will appear for five seconds every time the machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
Figure 268
Figure 266
1
2
P-76455H
1
Press the information button (Item 2) until the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 268] shows the maintenance clock.
P-76122
The Deluxe Instrumentation , if equipped, will display a message (Item 1) [Figure 266] alerting the operator to service the machine.
Press and hold the information button (Item 2) for seven seconds until [RESET] (Inset) appears in the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 268]. 162
164 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Service Schedule (6734534) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Danger (6702301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Warning (6577754) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Danger (6702302) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Danger (6717343) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Important (6560573) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Warning (7160879) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Warning (6728539) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Warning (6718706) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Warning (6710358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Danger (6809511) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Warning (6725370) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Warning (6737189) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Warning (6737248) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Lift Arm Device (6719018) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Warning (7131518) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Warning (7131519) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Warning (6579528) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Warning (7168019) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Warning (7142141) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
163 165 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 164 166 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Schedule (6734534)
165 167 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Schedule (6734534) (Cont’d)
166 168 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Schedule (6734534) (Cont’d)
167 169 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Danger (6702301)
Danger (6702302)
Warning (6577754)
Danger (6717343)
168 170 of 194
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (7160879)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Important (6560573)
169 171 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (6728539)
170 172 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (6718706)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (6710358)
Danger (6809511)
171 173 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (6725370)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (6737189)
Warning (6737248)
172 174 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Lift Arm Device (6719018)
173 175 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131518)
174 176 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131518) (Cont’d)
175 177 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131519)
176 178 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (6579528)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131519) (Cont’d)
177 179 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7168019)
178 180 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7142141)
179 181 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 180 182 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
181 183 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 182 184 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS Machine Dimensions •
•
Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and 68 in. Construction & Industrial bucket and may vary with other bucket types. All dimensions are shown in millimeters. Respective imperial dimensions are given in inches enclosed by parentheses. Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice. 95°
3862 mm (152.1 in)
42° 3002 mm (118.2 in)
753 mm (29.6 in)
23° 190 mm (7.5 in)
27° 1030 mm (40.6 in) 2588 mm (102 in) 3309 mm (130.3 in) 1727 mm (68 in)
1433 mm (56.4 in) 1676 mm (66 in)
B-16433
2001 mm (78.8 in)
B-16432
Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and can cause failure of the loader parts.
183 185 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2310 mm (91 in)
1938 mm (76.3 in)
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Performance Rated Operating Capacity (ISO)
839 kg (1850 lb)
with 200 Pound Frame Mounted Counterweight Kit
907 kg (2000 lb)
Tipping Load (ISO)
1849 kg (4076 lb)
Operating Weight
2821 kg (6220 lb)
Travel Speed - Single Speed Loader - Two-Speed Loader (Opt.) Low/High
11,8 km/h (7.3 mph) 12,1 km/h (7.5 mph) / 17,9 km/h (11.1 mph)
SAE Breakout Force - Lift
1588 kg (3500 lb)
SAE Breakout Force - Tilt
1554 kg (3425 lb)
Push Force
1905 kg (4200 lb)
Make / Model
Kubota / V2607-DI-TE3B Interim Tier IV
Fuel / Cooling
Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower (SAE Net)
43,3 kW (58 hp) @ 2700 rpm
Torque (SAE Net)
193,9 N•m (143 ft-lb) @ 1425 rpm
Number of Cylinders
4
Displacement
2,6 L (158.7 in3)
Bore / Stroke
87 mm / 110 mm (3.425 in / 4.33 in)
Lubrication
Gear Pump Pressure system with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Air Cleaner
Closed Breathing Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element.
Ignition
Diesel Compression
Air Induction Starting Aid
Turbo-Charged Glow Plugs - Automatically activated as needed in RUN position.
Low Idle
1175 - 1325 rpm
High Idle
2760 - 2900 rpm
Drive System Main Drive Transmission Final Drive Chains
Hydrostatic 4-wheel drive Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing hydrostatic motors. Prestressed #80 HSOC endless roller chain (no master link) and sprockets in sealed chaincase with oil lubrication (No adjustment need ed). Two chains per side with no idler sprocket.
Total Engine to Wheel Reduction
33:1
Axle Size
50,8 mm (2.00 in), heat treated
Wheel Bolts
Eight - 9/16 in. Wheel Bolts fixed to axle hubs
184 186 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Engine
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Controls Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional joystick(s). Loader Hydraulics - Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS) or optional Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) - Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or optional Right Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) - Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or optional Left Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through front quick couplers. Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds. Engine Hand lever speed control; key-type start switch or optional Deluxe Instrumentation and function error shutdown. Service Brake Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional joystick(s). Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions. Parking Brake (Standard on Single Mechanical disc, manually operated switch on front instrument . Speed and Two-Speed Loaders) Hydraulic System Pump Type Pump Capacity - Standard - High-Flow Option System Relief at Quick Couplers Filters
Engine driven gear type 64 L/min (16.9 U.S. gpm) @ 2850 Engine rpm @ 91% efficiency 100 L/min (26.4 U.S. gpm) @ 2850 Engine rpm @ 91% efficiency 22,4 - 23,1 MPa (224 - 231 bar) (3250 - 3350 psi) Full flow replaceable, 3-micron synthetic media element
Hydraulic Cylinders Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (2) Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (2) Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (2)
Double-acting; tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump and rollback 63,5 mm (2.5 in) 69,8 mm (2.75 in) 38,1 mm (1.50 in) 34,9 mm (1.375 in) 601 mm (23.67 in) 335 mm (13.19 in)
Control Valve
3 spool, open center type with float detent on lift and electrically controlled auxiliary spool.
Fluid Type
BOBCAT FLUID, Hydraulic/Hydrostatic 6903117 - (2.5 U.S. gal) 6903118 - (5 U.S. gal) 6903119 - (55 U.S. gal)
Fluid Lines
SAE Standard tubelines, hoses and fittings
Hydraulic Function Time: Raise Lift Arms Lower Lift Arms Bucket Dump Bucket Rollback
3.5 Seconds 2.4 Seconds 2.4 Seconds 1.9 Seconds
185 187 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Vehicle Steering
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Electrical Alternator
Belt driven, 90 amperes ventilated
Battery
12 volts, 600 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F) 115 minute reserve capacity at 25 amperes
Starter
12 volts, gear type, 2,7 kW (3.62 hp) Gauges: Engine Coolant Temperature, Fuel Level. Warning lights: Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Malfunction, Hydraulic Malfunction, General Warning. Indicators: BICS™ Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Shoulder Belt, Turn Signals, Engine Preheat. Data Display: Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown, Steering Drift Compensation Setting. Other: Audible Alarm, Lights, Option / Accessory Switches. Optional Deluxe Instrumentation : *Additional bar-type gauges for: Engine Oil Pressure, System Voltage, Hydrostatic Charge Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Temperature. *Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital Clock, Job Clock, Attachment Control Information, High-Flow / Two-Speed / Lockouts, Multi-language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability and Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function.
Capacities Fuel Tank
90,8 L (24 U.S. gal)
Engine Oil with filter Engine Cooling System without heater with Heater
9,7 L (10.25 qt) Propylene Glycol / water mixture (53% PG / 47% water) 12,6 L (13.3 qt) 13,7 L (14.5 qt)
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
18,2 L (4.8 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System (including Reservoir)
34,1 L (9 U.S. gal)
Chaincase Reservoir
30,3 L (8 U.S. gal)
Tires Bobcat Standard Duty
Bobcat Standard Duty 10 - 16.5 8 Ply Rating
Bobcat Severe Duty
Bobcat Severe Duty 10 - 16.5 10 Ply Rating
Bulky Hulk Recommended Pressure
Bobcat Super Float 31 x 12 - 16.5 10 Ply Rating Inflate tires to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the side wall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used on the same loader.
186 188 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Instrumentation
WARRANTY
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
187 189 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 188 190 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
WARRANTY
WARRANTY Bobcat Loaders
During the warranty period, the authorized Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at Bobcat Company's option, without charge for parts and labor, any part of the Bobcat product except as otherwise specified herein which fails because of defects in material or workmanship. The owner shall provide the authorized Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice of the defect and allow reasonable time for repair or replacement. Bobcat Company may, at its option, require failed parts to be returned to the factory. Travel time of mechanics and transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorized Bobcat dealer for warranty work are the responsibility of the owner. The remedies provided in this warranty are exclusive. This warranty does not apply to diesel engine fuel injection pumps and injectors or tires (except Bobcat brand tires). The owner shall rely solely on the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. This warranty does not cover replacement of scheduled service items such as oil, filters, tune-up parts, and other high-wear items. This warranty does not cover damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations, use of the Bobcat product with any accessory or attachment not approved by Bobcat Company, air flow obstructions, or failure to maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it. THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXCEPT THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY AND THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
6570162 (2-09)
Printed in U.S.A.
189 191 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Bobcat Company warrants to its authorized dealers and authorized dealers of Bobcat Equipment Ltd., who in turn warrant to the owner, that each new Bobcat loader will be free from proven defects in material and workmanship with respect to (i) all components of the product except as otherwise specified herein for twelve (12) months, (ii) the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump to the engine, for thirty six (36) months, provided that after the initial twelve month warranty period, such warranty shall be limited to parts only and does not include labor, (iii) tracks and Bobcat brand tires, for twelve (12) months on a prorated basis based on the remaining depth of the track or tire at the time any defect is discovered, and (iv) Bobcat brand batteries, for an additional twelve (12) months after the initial twelve month warranty period, provided that Bobcat Company shall only reimburse a fixed portion of the cost of replacing the battery during such additional twelve months. The foregoing time periods shall all commence after delivery by the authorized Bobcat dealer to the original buyer.
WARRANTY (CONT’D) In this emissions limited warranty, the term “Manufacturer” means Kubota Corporation as the holder of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) Certificate of Conformity and California Executive Order for the vehicle. The emission control limited warranty is in addition to the standard limited warranty for your vehicle. Your Bobcat dealer is authorized to perform all warranty and service repairs on your diesel engine. To locate a Bobcat dealer, visit www.bobcat.com or call 1-800-743-4340.
KUBOTA Corporation The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and KUBOTA Corporation are pleased to explain the Federal and California Emission Control System Warranty on your non-road engine. In California, new heavy duty off-road engines must be designed, built and equipped to meet California’s stringent anti-smog standards adopted by the Air Resources Board pursuant to its authority in Chapter 1 and 2, Part 5, Division 26 of the California Health and Safety Code. In other states of the U.S.A., new non-road engines subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 1039 subpart A must be designed, built and equipped, at the time of sale, to meet the U.S. EPA regulations for nonroad engines. KUBOTA must warrant the emission control system on your Compression Ignition engine for the period of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, vandalism, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications to your engine. This emission warranty is applicable in all states of the U.S.A., its provinces and territories regardless of whether an individual state, province, or territory has enacted warranty provisions that differ from the Federal warranty provisions. This emission warranty is also applicable in all provinces and territories of CANADA. Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injection system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-related assemblies. Where a warrantable condition exists, KUBOTA will repair your engine at no cost to you, including diagnosis (if the diagnostic work is performed at an authorized dealer), parts and labor. EMISSION DESIGN AND DEFECT WARRANTY COVERAGE The emissions warranty period for the engine begins on the original date of sale to the initial purchaser and continues for each subsequent purchaser for the period mentioned below. The emissions warranty period for all engines rated under 19kW (25Hp) is 2000 hours of operation or two (2) years of use, whichever first occurs. The emissions warranty period for constant speed engines rated under 37kW (50Hp) with rated speeds greater than or equal to 3000 rpm is 2000 hours of operation or two (2) years of use, whichever first occurs. The emissions warranty period for all other engines not already listed is 3000 hours of operation or five (5) years of use, whichever first occurs. If any emission related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by KUBOTA free of charge. OWNER’S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES (a) As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your KUBOTA operator’s manual. KUBOTA recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your engine, but KUBOTA cannot deny a warranty claim solely for the lack of receipts or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance. (b) As the engine owner, you should be aware, however, that KUBOTA may deny your warranty coverage if your engine or a part has failed due to abuse, vandalism, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications. (c) Your engine is designed to operate on Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel only. Use of any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in compliance with Federal or California’s emissions requirements. (d) You are responsible for presenting your engine to the nearest dealer or service station authorized by KUBOTA when a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed in a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed 30 days. (e) If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities or the location of the nearest authorized dealer or distributor, you should : KUBOTA ENGINE AMERICA CORPORATION, Service department at 1-800-532-9808, [email protected] or KUBOTA CANADA LTD at (905) 294-7477. COVERAGE KUBOTA warrants to the initial purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that your engine will be designed, built and equipped, at the time of sale, to meet all applicable regulations. KUBOTA also warrants to the initial purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that your engine shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship which cause the engine to fail to conform to applicable regulations for the period mentioned above from the original date of sale. KUBOTA shall remedy warranty defects at any authorized KUBOTA engine dealer or warranty station. Any authorized work done at an authorized dealer or warranty station shall be free of charge to the owner if such work determines that a warranted part is defective. Any KUBOTA approved or equivalent replacement part (including any KUBOTA approved aftermarket part) may be used for any warranty maintenance or repairs on emission related parts, and must be provided free of charge to the owner if the part is still under warranty. KUBOTA is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure of a warranted part still under warranty. The use of replacement parts not equivalent to the original parts may impair the effectiveness of your engine emission control system. If such a replacement part is used in the repair or maintenance of your engine, and KUBOTA determines it is defective or causes a failure of a warranted part, your claim for repair of your engine may be denied. Listed below are the parts covered by the Federal and California Emission Control Systems Warranty. Some parts listed below may require scheduled maintenance and are warranted up to the first scheduled replacement point for that part. The warranted parts are (if applicable): 1) Air-Induction System 4) Electronic Control System 6) Particulate Controls a) Intake Manifold a) ECU a) Any device used to capture particulate b) Turbocharger System b) Engine Speed / Timing Sensor emissions. c) Charge Air Cooling System (Intercooler) c) Accelerator Position Sensor b) Any device used in the regeneration of the 2) Catalyst or Thermal Reactor System d) Coolant Temperature Sensor particulate control device. a) Catalytic converter e) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor c) Control Device Enclosures and Manifolding b) Exhaust manifold f) Intake Pressure Sensor d) Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Sensor 3) Fuel Injection System g) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor e) Differential Pressure Sensor a) Fuel Supply Pump h) Intake Air Flow Sensor 7) Miscellaneous Items b) Injector i) Common Rail Pressure Sensor a) Closed Breather System c) Injection Pipe 5) Exhaust Gas Recirculation System b) Hoses*, Clamps*, Fittings, Tubing* d) Common Rail a) EGR Valve c) Gaskets, Seals e) Smoke Puff Limiter b) EGR Cooler d) Kubota supplied engine Wiring Harnesses f) Speed Timer c) EGR Valve Opening Rate Sensor e) Kubota supplied engine Elec. Connectors g) Cold Advance Timer f) Air Cleaner Element*, Fuel Filter Element* h) Injection Pump g) Emission Control Information Labels *Warranty period is equivalent to manufacturer’s recommended first replacement interval as stated in the applicable model’s operator’s manual and/or service (workshop) manual. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS The owner is responsible for the performance of the required maintenance as defined by KUBOTA in the operator’s manual. LIMITATIONS This Emission Control System Warranty shall not cover any of the following; (a) Repair or replacement required because of misuse or neglect, improper maintenance, repairs improperly performed or replacements not conforming to KUBOTA specifications that adversely affect performance and/or durability, and alteration or modifications not recommended or approved in writing by KUBOTA. (b) Replacement of parts and other services and adjustments necessary for required maintenance at and after the first scheduled replacement point.
6990354 (10-11)
Printed in U.S.A.
190 192 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FEDERAL & CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS LIMITED WARRANTY for NON-ROAD ENGINES (CI)
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . 183 AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 61 ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . 109 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED ....................................7 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 CONTROL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . 151 DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . 43 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 121 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . 120 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . 127 HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION . . 27 LIFT ARM BY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . 39 LIFT ARM DEVICE . . . . . . . . . 107
LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . 142 MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . 165 MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 MONITORING THE DISPLAY S . . . . 75 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . 1 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION ) . . . . . . . . . . 160 SETUP (KEYLESS START ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . 64 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . 7 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . 105 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 37 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . 134 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . 51 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . 39 TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
191 193 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
192 194 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
S/N A3L911001 & Above S/N A3LH11001 & Above
EQUIPPED WITH BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) 6987011 (11-10) Revised (11-11) (10)
1 of 194
Printed in U.S.A.
© Bobcat Company 2011
2 of 194
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or death.
CORRECT
W-2001-0502
Never use the loader without instructions. See machine signs (decals), Operation & Maintenance Manual, and Operator’s Handbook.
CORRECT
CORRECT
WRONG
B-15570
B-15528
B-15531
Always use the seat bar and fasten seat belt snugly. Always keep feet on the foot pedals or foot rest when operating loader.
Never use loader without operator cab with ROPS and FOPS approval. Fasten your seat belt.
Never use loader as man lift or elevating device for personnel.
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15735
B-15529
B-15532
Do not use loader in atmosphere with explosive dust, explosive gas, or where exhaust can flammable material.
Never exceed Capacity.
P-90216
Never carry riders. Keep bystanders away from work area.
Always carry bucket or attachments as low as possible. Do not travel or turn with lift arms up. Load, unload, and turn on flat level ground.
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15527
B-15530
B-15533
Rated
Operating
Never leave loader with engine running or with lift arms up. To park, engage parking brake and put attachment flat on the ground.
Never modify equipment. Use only attachments approved by Bobcat Company for this model loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer about attachments and accessories. 1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle. 2. SEAT BAR: When up, it must lock the loader controls. 3. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight. 4. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab. 5. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged. 6. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged. 7. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged. 8. LIFT ARM DEVICE: Replace if damaged. 9. PARKING BRAKE 10. BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OSW08-0409 1 (BICS) 3 of 194
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
4 of 194
2
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CONTENTS FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
REFERENCE INFORMATION Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when referring to your Bobcat loader. Loader Serial Number Engine Serial Number NOTES:
YOUR BOBCAT DEALER: ADDRESS: PHONE:
Bobcat Company P.O. Box 128 Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Doosan Benelux SA Drève Richelle 167 B-1410 Waterloo BELGIUM
3 5 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 4 6 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FOREWORD This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer. This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Buckets Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 High-Flow Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 7 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 6 8 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED
ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products. British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Company’s compliance with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau (), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota. Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations. ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm. REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack) 6675517
HYDROSTATIC CASE DRAIN FILTERS 6661022
FUEL FILTER 6667352
BATTERY 6674687
AIR FILTER, Outer 6698057
FLUID, Hydraulic / Hydrostatic 6903117 - (2.5 U.S. gal) 6903118 - (5 U.S. gal) 6903119 - (55 U.S. gal)
AIR FILTER, Inner 6698058 HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER 6686926 (Earlier Models) 6692337 (Later Models)
ENGINE OIL 7023080 7023076 6903109 7023082 7023078 6903111
BREATHER CAP 6684923
HYDROSTATIC FILTER
ANTI-FREEZE, Propylene Glycol
6661248
6983128 - Premixed 6983129 - Concentrate ENGINE OIL 7023081 7023077 6903110
SAE 15W40 CE/SG (12 qt) SAE 10W30 CE/SG (12 qt) SAE 30W CE/SG (12 qt)
SAE 15W40 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal) SAE 10W30 CE/SG (1 U.S. gal) SAE 30W CE/SG (1 U.S. gal)
SAE 15W40 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal) SAE 10W30 CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal) SAE 30W CE/SG (2.5 U.S. gal)
NOTE: Always Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.
7 9 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS
Engine Serial Number
Always use the serial number of the loader when requesting service information or when ordering parts. Early or later models (identification made by serial number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary to use a different procedure in doing a specific service operation.
Figure 2
Figure 1
1
P-76882
The engine serial number is located on the side of the engine (Item 1) [Figure 2] above the alternator.
P-31843B
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
DELIVERY REPORT Figure 3
Loader Serial Number The loader serial number plate [Figure 1] is located on the outside of the loader frame. Explanation of loader Serial Number: XXXX XXXXX Module 2. - Production Sequence (Series) Module 1. - Model / Engine Combination B-16315
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module number identifies the model number and engine combination.
The delivery report [Figure 3] must be completed by the dealer and signed by the owner or operator when the Bobcat loader is delivered. An explanation of the form must be given to the owner.
2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies the order which the loader is produced.
8 10 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LOADER IDENTIFICATION OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK
FRONT LIGHTS GRAB HANDLES OPERATOR SEAT with SEAT BELT AND SEAT BAR TILT CYLINDERS
FRONT AUXILIARY QUICK COUPLERS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
† BUCKET STEP BUCKET STEPS
REAR GRILLE
LIFT CYLINDER
● OPERATOR CAB
(ROPS AND FOPS)
BACK-UP ALARM
LIFT ARM DEVICE
LIFT ARM
REAR LIGHT REAR DOOR
* † ●
* TIRES
TAIL LIGHT
B-16604B B-16605C
TIRES - The Bobcat loader is factory equipped with standard tires. BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader. ROPS, FOPS - Roll Over Protective Structure, per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449, Level I. Level II is available.
9 11 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Options And Accessories (Cont’d)
Standard Items
• • • • • • •
Model S185 Bobcat loaders are equipped with the following standard items: • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • •
Adjustable Vinyl Seat Automatically Activated Glow Plugs Auxiliary Hydraulics Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) Bob-Tach™ Deluxe Cab (includes: interior insulation, top and rear windows, accessory harness, dome light and 12 volt power port) ROPS and FOPS Approved Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Front Horn / Back-up Alarm Instrumentation: Hourmeter, Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges and Warning Lights Lift Arm Device Lights, Front and Rear Parking Brake Seat Bar Seat Belt Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (with Two-Speed Option) Spark Arrester Muffler Tires (10-16.5, Bobcat Standard Duty, 8 ply Rating)
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Options And Accessories Below is a list of some equipment available from your Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your Bobcat dealer for other available options and accessories. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • •
Access Cover Kit (Foot Pedal Area) Accessories Electrical Harness Adjustable Air Ride Suspension Seat Adjustable Suspension Seat Advanced Control System (ACS) (Selectable Foot Pedal or Hand Control) Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control) Auxiliary Hydraulics, Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics, Front - Right Hand Side Air Conditioning Attachment Control Device (ACD) Cab Door Cab Enclosure Cab Heater Catalytic Exhaust Purifier Counterweight Kit Deluxe Instrumentation Dual Attachment Control Kit Engine Heater Extended Pedals
• • •
Specifications subject to change without notice and standard items may vary.
10 12 of 194
Fire Extinguisher FOPS Kit (Level II) Fuel Sediment Bowl Kit GPS System High-Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics Hose Guide Hydraulic Bucket Positioning (Includes On / Off Selection) Keyless Start Lift Kit (Four-Point, Single-Point) Locking Fuel Cap MSHA Approval Kit Power Bob-Tach Radiator Screen Kit Radio Remote Control Rear Window Wiper Ride Control Rotating Beacon Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint (Std. on Two-Speed Models) Seat Belt - 3 in. Wide Seat Belt - Retractable Sound Reduction Kit (Reduces noise at operator ear) Special Applications Kit Steel Tracks Strobe Light Tailgate Lock Tires: Bobcat Heavy Duty 10-16.5 10 Ply Rating Bobcat Severe Duty 10-16.5 10 Ply Rating Bobcat Severe Duty Solidflex 10-16.5 Bobcat Severe Duty Poly-Fill 10-16.5 10 Ply Rating Bobcat Heavy Duty Flotation 31X12-16.5 10 Ply Tool Container Two-Speed Travel Warning Lights: Four-Way Flasher (Includes Direction Signals) Vinyl Cab Enclosure Weighlog Kit Windows Top and Rear Windows Side Windows Polycarbonate Rear Window Polycarbonate Top Window Externally Removable Rear Window
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Buckets Available
These and other attachments are approved for use on this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments. Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be approved. The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multi-job machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up . . . from bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe and a variety of other attachments.
BUCKET
Many bucket styles, widths and different capacities are available for a variety of different applications. They include Construction & Industrial, Low Profile, Fertilizer and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance Manuals.
• • • •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Angle Broom Auger Backhoe Blades Box Blade Dozer Blade Snow Blade V-Blade Bob-Tach Backhoe Brush Saw Breaker, Hydraulic Buckets Bucket Adapter Chipper Combination Bucket Concrete Mixer Concrete Pump Digger Drop Hammer Dumping Hopper Flail Cutter Forks, Utility Grader Grapple, Farm / Utility Grapple, Industrial Grapple, Root Landplane Landscape Rake Mower Packer Wheel Pallet Forks Planer Rear Stabilizers Rotary Cutter (Brushcat™) Scarifier Scraper Seeder
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
High-Flow Attachments The following attachments are approved for use on High-Flow machines. See your Bobcat dealer for an updated list of approved attachments. • • • • • • • • •
11 13 of 194
Snow Pusher Snowblower Sod Layer Soil Conditioner Spreader Steel Tracks Stump Grinder Sweeper Three-Point Hitch Adapter Tiller Tilt-Tatch Tree Spade Trench Compactor Trencher Utility Frame Vibratory Roller Water Kit Whisker Broom
Chipper Flail Cutter Planer Rotary Cutter (Brushcat™) Snowblower Soil Conditioner Tiller Trencher Wheel Saw
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a variety of bucket styles and sizes. _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Attachments
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance • • •
Special Applications Kit
•
WARNING
• •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Some attachment applications can cause flying debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to provide added operator protection in these applications.
Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required. Pre-rinse with water to remove gritty materials. Wash with a mild household detergent and warm water. Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee. Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners. Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
W-2737-0508
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 4
B-25286A
Available for special applications to restrict material from entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick polycarbonate front door, top and rear windows [Figure 4]. See your Bobcat dealer for availability.
12 14 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
13 15 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 14 16 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
•
An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator cab of the loader. It’s brief instructions are convenient to the operator. The handbook is available from your dealer in an English edition or one of many other languages. See your Bobcat dealer for more information on translated versions.
•
The AEM Safety Manual delivered with the machine gives general safety information.
•
The Skid-Steer Loader Operating Training Course is available through your Bobcat dealer. This course is intended to provide rules and practices of correct operation of the Bobcat loader. The course is available in English and Spanish versions.
•
Service Safety Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe and correct service procedures.
•
See the PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES Page in this manual or your Bobcat dealer for Service and Parts Manuals, printed materials, videos, or training courses available. Also check the Bobcat web sites www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com
Before Operation Carefully follow the operating instructions in this manual.
and
maintenance
The Bobcat loader is highly maneuverable and compact. It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions. This presents an operator with hazards associated with off highway, rough terrain applications, common with Bobcat loader usage. The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can kill or cause illness so use the loader with adequate ventilation. The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application. The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights). They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat loader. The must check with the dealer, or Bobcat literature, to determine safe loads of materials of specified densities for the machine - attachment combination.
The dealer and owner / operator review the recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the owner / operator will be using the machine for a different application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for recommendations on the new use.
The following publications and training materials provide information on the safe use and maintenance of the Bobcat machine and attachments: •
The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete instructions have been given to the new owner and that the machine and attachment is in safe operating condition.
•
The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with the machine or attachment gives operating information as well as routine maintenance and service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can be stored in a container provided on the machine. Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.
•
Call Before You Dig Dial 811 (USA Only) 1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)
Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The signs and their locations are shown in the Operation & Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are available from your Bobcat dealer.
When you call, you will be directed to a location in your state / province, or city for information about buried lines (telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).
SI SSL-0511 15 17 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D)
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or coordination while working. An operator who is taking prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine if he or she can safely operate a machine.
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility
Safety Alert Symbol This symbol with a warning statement means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following: Understand Regulations
the
Written
Instructions,
Rules
and
•
The written instructions from Bobcat Company include the Delivery Report, Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook, Safety Manual and machine signs (decals).
•
Check the rules and regulations at your location. The rules may include an employer’s work safety requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a utility line.
WARNING Operator must have instructions before operating the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or death. W-2001-1285
•
Operator training must consist of a demonstration and verbal instruction. This training is given by your Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
•
The new operator must start in an area without bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can operate the machine and attachment safely under all conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt before operating.
•
Operator Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer in English and Spanish. They provide information for safe and efficient equipment operation. Safety videos are also available.
•
Service Safety Training Courses are available from your Bobcat dealer. They provide information for safe and correct service procedures.
IMPORTANT This notice identifies procedures which must be followed to avoid damage to the machine. I-2019-0284
DANGER The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Know the Work Conditions
D-1002-1107
•
Know the weight of the materials being handled. Avoid exceeding the Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) of the machine. Material which is very dense will be heavier than the same volume of less dense material. Reduce the size of the load if handling dense material.
•
The operator must know any prohibited uses or work areas, for example, he or she needs to know about excessive slopes.
•
Know the location of any underground lines. Call local utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the Before Operation section of this manual.
•
Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses, respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special Applications Kits are required for some work. See your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat safety equipment for your model.
WARNING The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. W-2044-1107
The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good operating condition before use. Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the Operation & Maintenance Manual.
SI SSL-0511 16 18 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Have Training with Actual Operation
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D)
FIRE PREVENTION
Avoid Silica Dust
Maintenance The machine and some attachments have components that are at high temperatures under normal operating conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of arcs or sparks.
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease and is known to the state of California to cause cancer.
The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating. All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can cause a fire. Operation Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or hot components can flammable material, explosive dust or gases. Electrical
Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage. Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or frayed. Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not smoke in battery charging area. SI SSL-0511 17 19 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine compartment is a potential fire hazard.
FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D)
Welding And Grinding
Hydraulic System
Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher near the machine when welding.
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly routed and have adequate and secure clamps. Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.
Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable solvents.
Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive. Repair such components in a well ventilated area away from open flames or sparks.
Fueling
Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors. Starting Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can cause explosion and injure you or bystanders.
Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are located and how to use them. Inspect the fire extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly. Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Spark Arrester Exhaust System The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still hot. Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).
Sl SSL-0511 18 20 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Fire Extinguishers
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES The following publications are also available for your Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat dealer.
OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK
For the latest information on Bobcat products and the Bobcat Company, visit our web site at training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com.
6986651
Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
SKID-STEER LOADER OPERATOR TRAINING COURSE
6987011
6901726
Introduces operator to step-by-step basics of skid-steer loader operation. Also available in Spanish P/N 6902289.
OPERATOR SAFETY VIDEO
S185 SERVICE MANUAL
6902176
6987049
OPERATOR SAFETY DVD (English & Spanish) 6904762
Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat loader. Provides basic safety instructions contained in all Bobcat safety videos in both English and Spanish.
SKID-STEER LOADER SERVICE SAFETY TRAINING COURSE
SAFETY MANUAL (English & Spanish)
6900641
6556500
Introduces service technicians to step-by-step basics of proper and safe skid-steer loader maintenance and servicing procedures.
Provides basic safety procedures and warnings for your Bobcat loader in both English and Spanish.
19 21 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Complete instructions on the correct operation and the routine maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
6718579 SJC - 7131519
Standard and ACS - 6727926
6986651 SJC - 7131518
Standard and ACS - 6728539
6735140 7184779
SJC - 6737248 ACS - 6718706
7159779 (Inside Fuse Cover)
6737189
Two-Speed Opt. 6725370
Single-Point Lift 6533898 (2)
Single-Point Lift 7142139 (2)
6579528 (Behind Lift Arm Crossmember)
6561383 (Behind Bob-Tach) Single-Point Lift 7142141 (2)
Four-Point Lift 7168019 (2)
Lift Kit Options
6577754 (2)
6731757
6702301
6702302
6710358
B-16044b
20 22 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Inside Cab
Door Opt. 6707852
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
6726303 (Externally Removable Rear Window only)
6578368
6560573 6577754 (2) 6719018
6708929
6717343 (2) (Under Cab)
6809511 (4) (On Hose & Tubeline)
6565990
6727595 (3)
7152748
7160879
6734534
Inside Rear Door B-16055c
21 23 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
7169699
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 22 24 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Standard Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Keyless Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Deluxe Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Standard Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Advanced Control System (ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 LIFT ARM BY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Available Control Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Operation (Standard And ACS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
23 25 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Operation (Standard And ACS) (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Operation (SJC) (If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Standard Controls (Also ACS In FOOT Pedal Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Hydraulic Bucket Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 High-Flow Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Entering The Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Seat Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
24 26 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Standard Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Keyless Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Deluxe Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 MONITORING THE DISPLAY S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Pallet Forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Driving On Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Leveling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Leveling The Ground Using Float (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Single-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Four-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
25 27 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 When To Consider Using Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 When To Consider Removing Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Accessories That Affect Machine Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
26 28 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION
Figure 7
Figure 5
SIDE
P-76602
FRONT
P-76683
The side and front s [Figure 7] are described on page 33. (See Side on Page 33.) and (See Front on Page 33.)
Figure 6
Cab Light Figure 8
P-76601
P-90816C
P-76597A
The right [Figure 6] is described on pages 31 and 32. (See Standard Key on Page 31.), (See Keyless Start on Page 31.) or (See Deluxe Instrumentation on Page 32.) 1
N-22015
Push the button (Item 1) [Figure 8] to turn the light ON. Push the button again to turn OFF.
27 29 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
S0363
The left [Figure 5] is described on pages 28, 29 and 30. (See Left on Page 28.)
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Left Figure 9
12
3 2
16
7 1 13
4 8
15
11
10
9
14
5
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6
20
17 19
18
21 22
23 P-76459C
The left instrument [Figure 9] is the same for Standard Key , Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation equipped machines.
The table on the facing page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the components of the left .
28 30 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Left (Cont’d) DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
1
ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2
LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option)
Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3
GENERAL WARNING
Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4
TWO-SPEED (Option)
High range selected.
5
ENGINE MALFUNCTION
Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7
DISPLAY SCREEN
Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8
SEAT BELT
Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9
SEAT BAR
The light comes on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT & TILT VALVE
The light comes on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE
The light comes on when the loader cannot be driven.
12 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (Option)
Indicates right turn signals are ON.
13 SHOULDER BELT (Option)
Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range. Remains lit while in high range.
14 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
15 FUEL
Fuel level low or sensor error.
16 FUEL GAUGE
Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
17 LIGHTS
Press once for FRONT work lights and REAR taillights. (Left green LED will light.) Press a second time to add REAR work lights. (Left and right green LEDs will light.) Press a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.) Press and hold five seconds to display software version in display screen.
18 HIGH-FLOW (Option)
Press once to engage the HIGH-FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
19 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
Press once to engage the auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
20 INFORMATION
Cycles through (after each button press): • Hourmeter (On start up) • Engine rpm • Battery voltage • Maintenance clock (Press and hold for seven seconds when displayed to reset the maintenance clock.) • Service codes*
21 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE
Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running. Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
22 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is seated in operating position. Button will light. Press and hold three seconds to engage Drive Response and Steering Drift Compensation. (See DRIVE RESPONSE and STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.)
23 ALARM
The alarm beeps when Error, Warning or Shutdown conditions exist.
* See SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 151.) 29 31 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
REF. NO.
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Display Screen The display screen can display the following information: •
Operating hours.
•
Engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
•
Speed management setting.
•
Maintenance clock countdown.
•
Battery voltage.
•
Service codes.
•
Engine preheat countdown.
•
Steering drift compensation setting.
•
Drive response setting.
Figure 10
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 P-76461A
The display screen is shown in [Figure 10]. The data display will show operating hours upon startup. 1. Data Display. 2. Hourmeter. 3. Speed Management. 4. Engine Preheat. 5. Engine Revolutions Per Minute. 6. Battery / Charging Voltage. 7. Service.
30 32 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
Keyless Start
Standard Key
Figure 12
Figure 11 1
3
2
4 5 6 P-90816A S4498
This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key [Figure 11].
1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number code () to allow starting the engine. An asterisk will show in the left display screen for each key press.
The Standard Key is used to turn the loader electrical system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.
2. LOCK Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will display a red light to indicate a is required to start the loader. (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.) 3. UNLOCK Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock key will display a green light to indicate the loader can be started without a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.) 4. START Button: Used to start the engine. 5. STOP Button: Used to stop the engine and shut down the loader electrical system. 6. RUN Button: Used to turn on the loader electrical system.
31 33 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
This machine may be equipped with a Keyless Start [Figure 12].
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
9. Keypad: The numeric keypad has two functions: - To enter a number code () to allow starting the engine. - To enter a number as directed for further use of the Display Screen.
Deluxe Instrumentation Figure 13
10. Start Button: Used to start the engine. 11. Run / Enter Button: Used to turn on the loader electrical system. 7
1
Figure 14
4 5 2
3
6
ENTER
9 8
B-16165
10
11
This machine may be equipped Instrumentation [Figure 13].
The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as shown in [Figure 14].
B-15553N
with
a
When this screen is on the display you can enter the and start the engine or change the Display Screen setup features.
Deluxe
1. Display Screen: The Display Screen is where all system setup, monitoring, troubleshooting and error conditions are displayed.
NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrumentation ) will have an Owner . Your dealer will provide you with this . Change the to one that you will easily to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner on Page 159.) Keep your in a safe place for future needs.
2. Bobcat Main Controller Error: Indicates communication error between Bobcat Main Controller and Deluxe Instrumentation . (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 151.) 3. Display Error: Indicates communication error between instrument and Bobcat controller. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 151.)
Change Language: Press the Selection Button at the end of the arrow [Figure 14] to go to the next screen. Use the Keypad to select the number of the language.
SM
Icon: Indicates planned 4. BobCARE PM maintenance is due. (See MAINTENANCE CLOCK on Page 162.)
Press EXIT. The screen will return to [Figure 14]. You can then enter the and start the engine.
5. Engine Air Filter Icon: Indicates engine air filter requires service. 6. Hydraulic Filter Icon: Indicates hydraulic filter requires service.
See CONTROL SETUP for further description of screens to setup the system for your use. (See CONTROL SETUP on Page 157.)
7. Selection Buttons: The four Selection Buttons allow you to select items from the Display Screen and scroll through screens.
NOTE: Pressing the EXIT key will go to the previous screen and you can continue pressing until you get to the initial (home) screen. SHORTCUT: Press the “0” (zero) key to get to the home screen immediately.
8. Stop Button: Used to stop the engine and shut down the loader electrical system.
32 34 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
LANGUAGES
INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)
Front
Side
Figure 16
Figure 15
1
2
3
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
5
OR
9
1
4
6
8
7
B-15993Q
9
B-15993R
NOTE: Parking Brake (Item 4) [Figure 16] is standard on all loaders.
REF. NO.
DESCRIPTION
Press the top to select Hand Controls; bottom to select Foot Controls.
2
NOT USED
---
3
POWER BOB-TACH (Option)
Press the bottom of the switch to start the rear wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Press the top of the switch to stop the wiper.
Press and hold the up arrow to disengage the Bob-Tach wedges. Press and hold the down arrow to engage the wedges into the mounting frame holes.
4
PARKING BRAKE Press the top to engage the (Standard on all PARKING BRAKE; bottom to disengage. loaders)
5
HYDRAULIC BUCKET POSITIONING (Option)
6
Press bottom of switch to start; AIR CONDITIONING top to stop. Fan Motor (Item 7) SWITCH (Option) must be ON for A/C to operate.
HAZARD LIGHTS Press the top to turn the (Option) HAZARD LIGHTS ON; bottom to turn OFF.
7
TEMPERATURE CONTROL (Option)
ROTATING Press the top to turn the BEACON (Option) ROTATING BEACON ON; bottom to turn OFF.
8
NOT USED
---
9
SELECTABLE JOYSTICK CONTROLS (SJC) (Option)
Press the top to select ‘ISO’ Control Pattern; bottom to select ‘H’ Control Pattern.
Provides a 12 volt receptacle for accessories.
2
NOT USED
---
3
FRONT WIPER (Option)
Press the bottom of the switch to start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid). Press the top of the switch to stop the wiper.
REAR WIPER (Option)
5
NOT USED
---
6
NOT USED
---
7
FAN MOTOR (Option)
Turn clockwise to increase fan speed; counterclockwise to decrease. There are four positions; OFF-1-2-3.
9
FUNCTION / OPERATION
ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM (ACS) (Option)
POWER PORT
8
DESCRIPTION
1
1
4
REF. NO.
FUNCTION / OPERATION
Turn clockwise to increase the temperature; counterclockwise to decrease.
33 35 of 194
Press the top to engage Hydraulic Bucket Positioning; bottom to disengage.
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76602
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION This loader has three control configurations available to operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader: •
Standard Controls - Uses foot pedals for lift and tilt functions. Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.
•
Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) - Uses a choice of foot pedals or handles for lift and tilt functions. Uses steering levers for driving and steering the loader.
•
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) - Uses joysticks for lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader.
Standard Controls Figure 17 2
3
5
10
11
12
7
6
8 13 9
4
B-15781F / B-22178D / B-15781E
REF. NO.
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
1
TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left signal; center position to turn off.
2
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. CONTROL
3
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4
FRONT HORN
Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
5
STEERING LEVERS
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
6
LIFT ARM PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
7
TILT PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
9
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
See LIFT ARM BY CONTROL in this manual.
10
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
11
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
12
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option)
See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
13
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) in this manual.
34 36 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Advanced Control System (ACS) Figure 18 1
2
3
11
6
12
13
8
7
9 4 14 5
10
REF. NO.
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
1
TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left signal; center position to turn off.
2
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. CONTROL
3
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
4
FLOAT CONTROL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
5
FRONT HORN
Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
6
STEERING LEVERS AND LIFT / TILT HANDLES
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
7
LIFT ARM PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
8
TILT PEDAL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
10
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
See LIFT ARM BY CONTROL in this manual.
11
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
12
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
13
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option)
See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
14
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) in this manual.
35 37 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
B-15781D / B-22178E / B-15781E
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) Figure 19 1
2
3
4
13
5
14
15
16
17
8
9
10
11 18
6
7
19
12
B-19873A / B-15546K / B-19874A
1 *2 3
DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION / OPERATION
TWO-SPEED CONTROL (Option) Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT
See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual. See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION Also: DRIVE RESPONSE
See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual. See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual. Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual. CONTROL
*4
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION Also: DRIVE RESPONSE
See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual. See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6
SPEED MANAGEMENT
See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7
FRONT HORN
Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8
JOYSTICKS
See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
9
FOOTRESTS
Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
10
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT)
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
11
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND)
See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
12
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
See LIFT ARM BY CONTROL in this manual.
13
ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL
See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
NOT USED
---
FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
NOT USED
---
17
TURN SIGNALS (Option)
Press the top to activate right signal; press again to turn off. Press the bottom to activate left signal; press again to turn off.
18
FLOAT CONTROL
See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
19
CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS
See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) in this manual.
* 14 15 * 16
* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual. 36 38 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
REF. NO.
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM Operation
WARNING
Figure 20 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
1
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate.
P-45116
W-2463-1110
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 20]. The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the seat.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls. W-2261-0909
When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive functions can be operated. When the seat bar is up, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if equipped) will be locked when returned to neutral position.
37 39 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
Figure 22
Operation
WARNING 1
2
3
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it does not, your dealer for service. DO NOT modify the system.
P-76459B
W-2151-1111
There are three display lights (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 22] located on the left instrument that must be OFF to fully operate the machine.
Figure 21
When, the seat bar is raised, the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated. 1
WARNING P-45116
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) has a pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 21]. The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The BICS™ requires the operator to be seated in the operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction functions can be operated. The seat belt must be fastened anytime you operate the machine.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate.
WARNING
W-2463-1110
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls. W-2261-0909
38 40 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and the parking brake is released, the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated.
LIFT ARM BY CONTROL
TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE
Operation
Operation
Figure 23
Figure 25
1
2
1 P-54406
The lift arm by control (Item 1) [Figure 23] is used to lower the lift arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal operations.
(Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The Engine Is Running) There is a TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button (Item 1) [Figure 25] on the left instrument which will allow you to use the steering levers to move the loader forward and backward when using the backhoe attachment.
1. Sit in the operator's seat. 2. Fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar. 3. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 23] clockwise 1/4 turn. 4. Pull up and hold the knob until the lift arms lower.
•
Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once to unlock traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) [Figure 25] will be OFF.
•
Press the button a second time to lock the traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) [Figure 25] will be ON.
PARKING BRAKE Operation Figure 24 1
2
NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running. NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will function if the parking brake is in the engaged or disengaged position and the engine is running. If the parking brake switch is turned ON, the red light in the parking brake switch will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE is engaged.
B-15993Q
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 24] to engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will turn on. The traction drive system will be locked. Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 24] to disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will turn off. The traction drive system will be unlocked. NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left instrument will remain ON until the engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed and the parking brake is disengaged.
39 41 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76683
EMERGENCY EXIT
Front Door
The front opening on the operator cab and rear window provide exits.
This machine my be equipped with a Front Door.
Rear Window
NOTE: When an Operator Cab Enclosure Kit is installed, the window of the front door can be used as an emergency exit [Figure 28].
Figure 26 NOTE: If the loader has a Special Application Door Kit installed, the window of the front door is NOT an emergency exit. Figure 28
Pull on the tag on the top of the rear window to remove the rubber cord [Figure 26]. P-85439
Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab. Figure 27
Pull the plastic loop at the top of the window in the front door to remove the rubber cord [Figure 28]. Figure 29
X X
P-31269A
X X
Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 27].
S0363
Push the window out with your foot at any corner of the window [Figure 29]. Exit through the front door.
40 42 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-64994
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
Operation
Description Figure 30
WARNING 1
• • •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always keep bystanders away from the work area and travel path. The operator must always look in the direction of travel. The back-up alarm must sound when operating the machine in the reverse direction. W-2783-0409
P-76101
The back-up alarm (Item 1) [Figure 30] is located on the inside of the rear door.
If alarm does not sound or for adjustment instructions, see inspection and maintenance instructions for the back-up alarm system in the preventive maintenance section of this manual. (See BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM on Page 109.)
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for keeping bystanders away from the work area. Operators must always look in the direction of travel, including reverse, and must also keep bystanders away from the work area, even though the loader is equipped with a back-up alarm. Operators must be trained to always look in the direction of travel, including when operating the loader in reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work area. Other workers should be trained to always keep away from the operator’s work area and travel path.
41 43 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL Operation Figure 31
1
N-20537
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The engine speed control lever is at the right side of the operator's seat (Item 1) [Figure 31]. Move the lever forward to increase engine speed. Move backward to decrease engine speed. Figure 32
1
P-76060
There is a foot operated engine speed control pedal (Item 1) [Figure 32] in addition to the engine speed control lever on SJC equipped machines. It is located on the right side floor above the footrest.
42 44 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER
Figure 34 Standard and ACS
Available Control Configurations The loader has three configurations available: •
Standard Controls - Two Steering Levers control drive and steering functions.
•
Advanced Control System (ACS) (Option) - Two Steering Levers control drive and steering functions.
•
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) -
FORWARD
BACKWARD
LEFT TURN
RIGHT TURN
LEFT FAST TURN
RIGHT FAST TURN
(‘ISO’ Pattern) Left joystick controls the drive and steering functions. (‘H’ Pattern) Left and right joysticks control left and right side drive and steering functions.
Figure 33
1 PI-1849C
The steering levers control forward and backward travel and turning the loader [Figure 34]. Forward Travel - Push both levers forward.
P-45122
Reverse Travel - Pull both levers backward. Normal Turning - Move one lever farther forward than the other.
The steering levers (Item 1) [Figure 33] are on the left and right side in front of the seat.
Fast Turning - Push one lever forward and pull the other lever backward.
Move the levers smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and stopping.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls. W-2261-0909
43 45 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Operation (Standard And ACS)
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)
Figure 37 SJC in ‘ISO’ Control Pattern
Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern Figure 35
Left Joystick 1
1
3 B-15993R B-15993I
FORWARD
2
4
FORWARD LEFT TURN
BACKWARD
FORWARD RIGHT TURN
Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 35].
WARNING
BACKWARD RIGHT TURN
BACKWARD LEFT TURN
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on control levers.
8
7
W-2399-0501
LEFT FAST TURN
RIGHT FAST TURN
Figure 36
B-21970B
Left Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 37]. 1
1. Forward Travel - Move joystick forward. 2. Backward Travel - Move joystick backward. 3. Forward Left Turn - Move joystick forward and to the left. 4. Forward Right Turn - Move joystick forward and to the right. 5. Backward Left Turn - Move joystick backward and to the right. 6. Backward Right Turn - Move joystick backward and to the left. 7. Left Fast Turn - Move joystick to the left. 8. Right Fast Turn - Move joystick to the right.
P-45116
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 36]. Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and stopping.
44 46 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6
5
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D)
Figure 40
Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern Figure 38
SJC in ‘H’ Control Pattern
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
N
N
FORWARD
N
N
BACKWARD
N
N
LEFT TURN
N
N
RIGHT TURN
N
N
LEFT FAST TURN
N
N
RIGHT FAST TURN
1
2
3 B-15993R B-15993I
Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 38].
4
WARNING
5
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on control levers.
6
W-2399-0501
B-22029A
Figure 39
Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 40] 1. Forward Travel - Move both joysticks forward. 2. Backward Travel - Move both joysticks backward. 3. Forward Left Turn - Move the right joystick farther forward than the left joystick. 4. Forward Right Turn - Move the left joystick farther forward than the right joystick.
1
5. Left Fast Turn - Move the left joystick backward and the right joystick forward. 6. Right Fast Turn - Move the left joystick forward and the right joystick backward.
P-45116
STOPPING THE LOADER
Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 39].
Using The Control Levers Or Joysticks When the steering levers or joysticks are moved to the neutral position, the hydrostatic transmission will act as a service brake to stop the loader.
Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and stopping.
45 47 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
TWO-SPEED CONTROL
Operation (Standard And ACS) (If Equipped)
Description
Figure 42 Right Handle
Left Handle
This machine may be equipped with Two-Speed. Twospeed allows you to reduce cycle times when there is a long travel distance between the dig site and the dump site. You can also use the two-speed when traveling from one job site to another at faster speeds.
1
1
WARNING
P-54603
P-54602
2
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when operating at high range speeds. Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the right handle for high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons located on the left instrument (Item 2) [Figure 42] will come on.
Figure 41 2
NOTE: This toggle switch retains the selected range. The loader will be in high range speed at startup if the switch is in the high range position. 1
Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
N-21773
Operation (SJC) (If Equipped) Figure 43 1
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
N-21773
1 NOTE: The 3-point restraint must be used when selecting two-speed operation [Figure 41].
P-24820
P-24802
2
Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1). Pull the lap belt across to the left side of the seat (Item 2) [Figure 41] and fasten. The shoulder belt must be positioned over your right shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 41].
NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management before you can select high range. Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the left joystick for high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons located on the left instrument (Item 2) [Figure 43] will come on. Press the bottom of the switch for low range.
46 48 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
W-2754-0908
SPEED MANAGEMENT
The Speed Management icon (Item 1) [Figure 45] will appear in the display and remain on until the Speed Management button is pressed again or the machine is turned off.
Speed Management is available on SJC equipped machines. Operation
When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will appear in the display (Item 2) [Figure 45].
Speed Management allows the loader to be maneuvered at a slower travel speed, even during maximum movement of the joystick(s).
NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by the operator. (See Changing The Factory Default Setting on Page 48.)
This feature can be useful when installing attachments, loading or unloading, and certain applications. (EXAMPLES: Landscaping, tilling, trenching)
Figure 44 Left Joystick
2
Right Joystick
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 44] again to disengage Speed Management and return to Standard Travel Speed. [STD] (Item 5) [Figure 45] will appear in the display. 3 The system will retain the speed percentage as long as the key remains ON or the STOP button has not been pressed.
1 1
P-24820
P-24802
EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40% and then disengage Speed Management to reposition the loader, then re-engage Speed Management. The speed percentage will still be at 40%.
Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 44] on the left joystick once to engage Speed Management. Figure 45
EXAMPLE: Turning the key OFF or pressing the STOP button will return the Speed Management setting to default. The next time you start the engine and engage Speed Management, the speed will be at 57% (factory default setting) or the last default setting saved by the operator. (See Changing The Factory Default Setting on Page 48.)
1
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must disengage Speed Management before you can select high range.
P-76460B
2
3
4
5 P-76461D P-76461E P-76461F P-76461G
47 49 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 44] to increase the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or the bottom of the switch (Item 3) [Figure 44] to decrease the speed down to 1% [SPD 01]. The percentages will appear in the display (Items 2, 3 and 4) [Figure 45].
NOTE: Two-Speed Loaders Only - You must be in low range speed to engage Speed Management.
SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D)
Figure 47
Changing The Factory Default Setting The Speed Management factory default setting can be changed by the operator to save adjustment time. EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for trenching and you prefer a Speed Management setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that application. The Speed Management default setting can be changed to 28% of Standard Travel Speed instead of the factory default setting of 57%. Each time you start the machine and first select Speed Management, the machine will default to 28% of Standard Travel Speed.
P-76460B
1 Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page 47.) P-76461K1
Left Joystick
2
Right Joystick
The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##] (## will be the percentage you selected) (Item 1) [Figure 47] and remain in Speed Management mode. Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 46] on the left joystick or turning the machine off will disengage Speed Management and return the loader to Standard Travel Speed.
3 1 1
P-24820
P-24802
When Speed Management is first selected each time the machine is started, the percentage you selected will be the default setting. Speed Management can still be adjusted from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed.
Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower (Item 3) [Figure 46] by pressing the Speed Control switch until the desired default setting is displayed.
The default setting can be changed any time the operator chooses.
Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 46] on the left joystick to save the default setting.
48 50 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 46
DRIVE RESPONSE
Operation
Drive Response is available on SJC equipped machines.
NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat bar is lowered, the engine is started and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed to activate the BICS™.
NOTE: An the loader software may be required if this feature does not function as described in this manual. See your Bobcat dealer to update your machine software version if necessary.
Perform pre-starting and starting procedures: 1. Fasten seat belt.
Description 2. Lower seat bar. Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less) the loader drive and steering systems are when the operator moves the joystick(s).
3. Place joysticks in neutral position. 4. Start the engine.
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for different drive response preferences and various job conditions and attachment use.
5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to disengage from drive response. The last displayed setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF.
There are three drive response settings: •
[DR-1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive only)
•
[DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive only)
•
[DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to joystick movement. (Drive only)
49 51 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display.
NOTE: Changes to drive response do not affect braking or stopping the loader.
DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D)
Figure 49
Operation (Cont’d) Figure 48
1
2
1
2
3
P-76456F P-76461K
4
5 Saving The Drive Response Setting:
P-76456F P-76461W P-76461X P-76461Y
The current drive response setting can be saved by pressing and holding the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds. [SET] (Item 3) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 49] and the machine will exit from the drive response adjustment menu.
Right Joystick
Left Joystick
OR 6
7 P-24820B
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to exit from the drive response adjustment menu without saving the current setting.
P-24802B
Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds to adjust the loader drive response setting. The current drive response setting will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 48].
The current steering drift compensation setting (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 51.) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 49] and the upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will no longer make changes to drive response.
Press the upper left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to scroll down through the three settings. Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left joystick to scroll up through the three drive response settings. The new drive response setting (Item 3, 4 or 5) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 48]. Adjustments to drive response will be effective immediately.
NOTE: The last displayed drive response setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF. The machine will revert back to the last saved drive response setting the next time it is started. Adjustments to steering drift compensation can now be made (See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION on Page 51.) OR Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button again to exit from the steering drift compensation menu.
50 52 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION
Operation
Steering Drift Compensation is available on SJC equipped machines.
NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat bar is lowered, the engine is started and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed to activate the BICS™.
Description Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in both forward and reverse directions.
Perform pre-starting and starting procedures:
Examples of applications where this feature can be used:
2. Lower seat bar.
•
To compensate for normal variations such as tire inflation pressure, track tension, tire wear and track wear.
3. Place joysticks in neutral position.
•
Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, planers and silt fence installers.
5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
•
Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road surfaces.
1. Fasten seat belt.
4. Start the engine.
NOTE: Raising the seat bar or changing control mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to disengage from steering drift compensation. The last displayed setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF.
Figure 50 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION [S-L10]
[S----]
[S-R10]
[S-L10]
[S----]
[S-R10] B-23580A
Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21 settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any point from neutral to [S-L10] left and from neutral to [SR10] right. [S----] is displayed when set for neutral [Figure 50].
51 53 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D)
Press the upper right button (Item 7) on the left joystick to adjust back toward center. The display will decrease down to neutral displayed as [S----] (Item 4). Another press of the upper right button will cause [S-R01] (Item 5) to appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 51]. The number will increase by one each time you press the button up to a maximum of [S-R10]. The higher the number, the greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the right. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be effective immediately.
Operation (Cont’d) Figure 51
Figure 52
2
1
5 P-76456F P-76461L P-76461N P-76461M
2
1
Right Joystick
Left Joystick
3
4 P-76456F P-76461K P-76461O
6
7 P-24820B
Saving The Steering Drift Compensation Setting:
P-24802B
The current steering drift compensation setting can be saved by pressing and holding the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds. [SET] (Item 3) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 52] and the machine will exit from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu.
Press and hold the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) for three seconds to enter the drive response adjustment menu. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) again to adjust the loader steering drift compensation setting. The current steering drift compensation setting will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 51].
OR
Press the upper left button (Item 6) on the left joystick to adjust the machine left. [S-L01] (Item 3) through a maximum of [S-L10] will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 51]. The number will increase by one each time you press the button. The higher the number, the greater the amount of steering drift compensation to the left. Adjustments to steering drift compensation will be effective immediately.
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button to exit from the steering drift compensation adjustment menu without saving the current setting. [DONE] (Item 4) will appear in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 52] and the upper left and upper right buttons on the left joystick will no longer make changes to steering drift compensation. NOTE: The last displayed steering drift compensation setting will remain in effect until the STOP button is pressed or the key is turned OFF. The machine will revert back to the last saved setting the next time it is started.
52 54 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
4
3
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS
Figure 54
Description Two foot pedals (or optional hand controls or optional joysticks) control the hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt functions.
2
1
Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP THEM THERE any time you operate the loader. Standard Controls (Also ACS In FOOT Pedal Mode)
B-15518
B-15973
Figure 53 Tilt Operation - (Right Pedal) 2
Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 54] of the pedal to tilt the bucket backward. 1
B-15541
3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 54] of the pedal to tilt the bucket forward.
B-15781
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Pedal) Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 53] of the pedal to raise the lift arms. Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 53] of the pedal to lower the lift arms. Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Pedal) Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 53] of the pedal all the way forward until it locks into the float position. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward. Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position. Lift Arm Float Position (With ACS) - (Left Pedal) Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 53]. Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 53] of the pedal forward to lower the lift arms. Then release the float button. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward. Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position.
53 55 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern
Advanced Control System (ACS) In HAND Control Mode
Figure 57
Figure 55 2
1 2 3 1 3 B-15541
Right Joystick
B-15781
B-15781
B-15541
Lift Arm Operation - (Right Hand Joystick) Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Lever)
Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 57] to raise the lift arms.
Move the lever outward (Item 1) [Figure 55] to raise the lift arms. Move the lever inward (Item 2) [Figure 55] to lower the lift arms.
Lift Arm Float Position - (Right Hand Joystick)
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Hand Lever)
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 57] while the joystick is in neutral. Move the joystick to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 57], then release the button.
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 55] while the lever is in neutral. Move the lever to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 55], then release the button. Press Float button (Item 3) [Figure 55] again or move the lever to lift arm up position to disengage.
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 57] to disengage.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward.
Figure 56
Figure 58
2 1
2 1
B-15518
B-15518
B-15781
Right Joystick
B-15781
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Lever) Move the lever inward (Item 1) [Figure 56] to tilt the bucket backward.
Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 58] to tilt the bucket backward.
Move the lever outward (Item 2) [Figure 56] to tilt the bucket forward.
Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 58] to tilt the bucket forward.
54 56 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 57] to lower the lift arms.
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Hydraulic Bucket Positioning
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern
This machine may be equipped with Hydraulic Bucket Positioning.
Figure 59
The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the bucket in the same approximate position it is in before you begin raising the lift arms.
Left Joystick
1
Right Joystick
Figure 61
2
3 B-19873 B-19874
B-15541
1
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Joystick)
Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 59] to lower the lift arms.
B-15993Q B-15993T
Lift Arm Float Position - (Left And Right Hand Joysticks) Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 59] while the joysticks are in neutral. Move the left joystick to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 59], then release the button.
Press the top of the BUCKET POSITIONING switch (Item 1) [Figure 61] to engage the bucket positioning function. The amber light in the switch will turn on. Press the bottom of the switch to disengage. The amber light will turn off.
Press Float button (Item 3) [Figure 59] again or move the left joystick to lift arm up position to disengage.
Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose material while driving backward. Figure 60
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
1 2
B-15518
B-19873 B-19874
Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick) Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 60] to tilt the bucket backward. Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 60] to tilt the bucket forward. 55 57 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Move the joystick outward (Item 1) [Figure 59] to raise the lift arms.
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
Figure 63
Figure 62 1
P16537B
P-31833A
SJC (If Equipped) 2
1
Figure 64
P-76460C
1
The light (Item 2) [Figure 62] will be ON.
P-27820A
P-24802A
Move the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1) [Figure 63] or [Figure 64] to the right or left to change the fluid flow direction of the front quick couplers. If you move the switch half-way, the auxiliary functions move at approximately one-half speed; release the switch to stop auxiliary functions. (EXAMPLE: Open and close grapple teeth.) To disengage, press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 62] again. The light (Item 2) [Figure 62] will be OFF. NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
56 58 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 62] once to engage auxiliary hydraulics.
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW)
This machine may be equipped with Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics.
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Figure 67
Figure 65 1
3
2
P16537B
P-31833A
2
SJC (If Equipped)
1
P-76460C
Figure 68
3
2 P-27820A
1
P-24802A
After engaging auxiliary hydraulics, press the front switch (Item 2) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] to give the front quick couplers a constant flow of fluid with the female coupler being pressurized. (EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.)
P-31831D
The switches on the left hand lever or joystick control the rear auxiliary hydraulics.
REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLOW - To set reverse flow (male coupler pressurized), engage auxiliary hydraulics, then, while holding the auxiliary switch (Item 1) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] to the left, press the front switch (Item 2) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66].
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 67] once to engage auxiliary hydraulics. The light (Item 2) [Figure 67] will be ON.
NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some attachments. Use reverse flow with your attachment only if approved. See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual for detailed information.
Push the switch (Item 3) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] to the right or left to change the fluid flow direction to rear quick couplers [Figure 68]. (EXAMPLE: Raise and lower rear stabilizers.)
To release from continuous operation, press the front switch (Item 2) [Figure 65] or [Figure 66] a second time.
To disengage, press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 67] again.
NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
The light (Item 2) [Figure 67] will be OFF. NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
57 59 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 66
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
Figure 71
This machine may be equipped with Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics.
1
Figure 69 SECONDARY COUPLERS
P16537B
P-31833A
P-27820A
P-24802A
SJC (If Equipped)
1
Figure 72 1
The secondary front auxiliary quick couplers (Item 1) [Figure 69] are available as a Field Installed Accessory. These are used when there is a need for additional auxiliary hydraulics. (EXAMPLE: Side shift on the Planer.)
Push switch (Item 1) [Figure 71] or [Figure 72] to the right or left to change fluid flow direction. (EXAMPLE: Side shift on the Planer.)
Connect the attachment to the secondary front auxiliary hydraulics (Item 1) [Figure 69].
NOTE: The secondary front auxiliary hydraulics and the rear auxiliary hydraulics operate from the same auxiliary section of the control valve. To operate an attachment with secondary front auxiliary hydraulics, you must disconnect any attachment connected to the rear auxiliary hydraulic quick couplers.
Figure 70
To disengage, press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 70] again. The light (Item 2) [Figure 70] will be OFF. 2
NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
1 P-76460C
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 70] once to engage auxiliary hydraulics. The light (Item 2) [Figure 70] will be ON.
58 60 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P16291A
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Quick Couplers
High-Flow Hydraulics Operation This machine Hydraulics.
may
be
equipped
with
WARNING
High-Flow
Figure 73
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
1
W-2072-0807
Figure 75 2
The High-Flow function provides additional flow to the system to operate an attachment which requires more hydraulic flow. (EXAMPLE: Planer) Connect the attachment to the quick couplers (Item 1) [Figure 73].
P-31847A
P-43614
Some attachments may have a case drain which needs to be connected to the small quick coupler (Item 2) [Figure 73].
To Connect: Remove dirt or debris from the surface of both the male and female couplers, and from the outside diameter of the male coupler. Visually check the couplers for corroding, cracking, damage or excessive wear. If any of these conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 75] must be replaced.
Figure 74
Install the male coupler into the female coupler. Full connection is made when the ball release sleeve slides forward on the female coupler. To Disconnect: Hold the male coupler. Retract the sleeve on the female coupler until the couplers disconnect.
2
1
WARNING
P-76460C
Press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1) [Figure 74].
AVOID BURNS Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers can get hot when running machine and attachments. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick couplers.
The light (Item 2) [Figure 74] will be ON. To disengage, press the HIGH FLOW button (Item 1) [Figure 74] again.
W-2220-0396
The light (Item 2) [Figure 74] will be OFF.
59 61 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-43614
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)
Figure 76
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment)
WARNING AVOID BURNS Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers can get hot when running machine and attachments. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick couplers.
1 P-76460C
W-2220-0396
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 76]. Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
1
W-2072-0807 P16537B
P-31833A
P-27820A
P-24802A
Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers SJC (If Equipped)
When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly together and hold for five seconds; the pressure is automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.
Figure 78
When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly together and hold for five seconds; then retract the sleeve until the couplers disconnect. Rear Auxiliary And Secondary Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers
1
Put the attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine and turn the key to RUN or press the RUN button.
Move the rear auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1) [Figure 77] or [Figure 78] to the right and left several times. Turn the key to OFF or press the STOP button.
60 62 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 77
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
This machine may be equipped with an Attachment Control Device.
Figure 81 3
Description Figure 79
1
2
1 P16537B
P-31833A
SJC (If Equipped) Figure 82
3 Connect the attachment electrical harness to the attachment control device (Item 1) [Figure 79].
1
2
P-27820A
Figure 80
P-24802A
Additional switches (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 81] or [Figure 82] on the right and left control handles or joysticks are used to control some attachment functions through the attachment control device.
1
NOTE: ACD takes over the function of auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 3) [Figure 81] or [Figure 82] from Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics and Secondary Front Auxiliary Hydraulics when an attachment electrical harness is attached to the ACD. See the appropriate attachment Maintenance Manual for control details.
P-31832
Operation
&
You will need the Dual-Connector (7-pin / 14-pin) kit (Item 1) [Figure 80] to operate early model attachments. See your Bobcat loader dealer.
61 63 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-43614
DAILY INSPECTION
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 83
6734534-V
62 64 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)
IMPORTANT
Daily Inspection And Maintenance Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The Service Schedule [Figure 83] is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader. It is located inside the rear door of the loader and also in the MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATION section of this manual. (See Service Schedule (6734534) on Page 165.)
•
•
PRESSURE WASHING DECALS Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the decal that could damage the decal causing it to peel from the surface. Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from the center of the decal toward the edges.
Engine Oil Level
•
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Level
•
Engine Air Filter - Check System for Damage or Leaks
•
Engine Coolant Level - Check System for Damage or Leaks
•
Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware
•
Seat Belt
•
Seat Bar and Control Interlocks
•
Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™)
•
Front Horn and Back-up Alarm - Check for proper function
•
Grease Pivot Pins (Lift Arms, Bob-Tach, Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges)
•
Tires - Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air Pressure
•
Fuel Filter - Remove Trapped Water
•
Loose or Broken Parts - Repair or Replace as Necessary
•
Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals) - Replace as necessary
•
Lift Arm Device - Replace if damaged
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
I-2226-0910
•
WARNING Operator must have instructions before operating the machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or death. W-2001-0502
NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid, coolant, etc. must be disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. Some regulations require that certain spills and leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a specific manner. See local, state and federal regulations for correct disposal.
63 65 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations
Entering The Loader Figure 85 Figure 84
1
2 N-20299
1
2
S4010 P-66661
The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 85] provided behind the operator seat.
Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the loader. Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged. Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat dealer.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
64 66 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual and the Operator’s Handbook (Item 1) [Figure 85] before operating the loader.
Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles and safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on and off the loader [Figure 84]. Do not jump.
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Figure 88
Seat Adjustment Figure 86 1
2
4
3
1
P-90817A
Air Ride Suspension Seat - (Option) Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 88] to adjust the angle of the seat back.
P13907
Push the knob (Item 3) [Figure 88] in and hold to increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Pull the knob out and hold to decrease the amount of air in the seat suspension.
Figure 87
NOTE: The loader electrical system must be turned ON to increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Pull the lever (Item 4) [Figure 88] up to adjust the seat position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.
2 3
1 P-16052
Suspension Seat - (Option and Loaders with Two-Speed) Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 87] up to adjust the seat position for comfortable operation of the loader controls. Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 87] up to adjust the angle of the seat back. Turn the lever (Item 3) [Figure 87] to adjust the seat cushion for weight of the operator.
65 67 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Turn the knob (Item 2) [Figure 88] to adjust the lumbar .
Pull the seat lever (Item 1) [Figure 86] out to adjust the seat position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Seat Belt Adjustment
IMPORTANT
Figure 89
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for correct operation. Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary. I-2199-0200
Seat Bar
P-16041
Figure 91
P-16038
Fasten the seat belt. Pull the ends of the belt through the belt adjusters so that the seat belt is snug and the buckle is centered between your hips [Figure 89].
P-45114
Figure 90 Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake [Figure 91].
2
Put the foot pedals or hand controls in neutral position.
1
NOTE: Keep your hands on the steering levers and your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests) while operating the loader.
N-21774
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When operating the machine: • Keep the seat belt fastened snugly. • The seat bar must be lowered. • Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests and hands on the controls.
N-21773
3-Point Restraint - (Option and Loaders with Two-Speed) Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1) [Figure 90]. Pull the lap belt across to the left side of the seat (Item 2) [Figure 90] and fasten.
W-2261-0909
The shoulder belt must be positioned over your right shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 90].
66 68 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Squeeze both seat belt adjusters to release and lengthen each half of the seat belt [Figure 89].
STARTING THE ENGINE
Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 93]. The indicator lights on the left instrument will come ON briefly and the Instrument / monitoring system will do a self test.
Standard Key
Figure 94
WARNING •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. Keep flammable material away. Do not use machines in atmosphere containing explosive gas.
2
W-2051-1086
1
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
P-76461B
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs) automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 94].
Figure 92
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key switch to START (Item 2). Release the key when the engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN position (Item 1) [Figure 93]. NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position before starting the engine. Do not move the levers or joysticks from the neutral position when turning the key to RUN or START with the BICS™ activated. P-31864
WARNING
Set the engine speed control to the idle position [Figure 92]. Figure 93 • 1
• 2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the operator’s seat. Never wear loose clothing when working near machine. W-2135-1108
S4498
67 69 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
•
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light will flash when the key switch is ON and continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, thereafter the light will become solid. If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active mode light will remain solid and the pending mode light will flash. When operation of the machine is returned to neutral, the active mode light will then turn off and the pending mode light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
Standard Key (Cont’d) Figure 95 FRONT
ACS 1
SJC 2
WARNING
B-15993Q
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item 1) [Figure 95]. OR
W-2050-0807
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) [Figure 95]. Figure 96
2
1 P-76683
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 96] to activate the BICS™ and to perform hydraulic and loader functions. (SJC) The current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 96] is pressed.
68 70 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
B-15993R
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Figure 98
Keyless Start 1
WARNING • •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. Keep flammable material away. Do not use machines in atmosphere containing explosive gas.
2 3
W-2051-1086 P-90816A
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 98].
Figure 97
Figure 99
2 1 P-76461B
P-31864
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs) automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 99].
Set the engine speed control to the idle position [Figure 97] NOTE: Loaders with a Keyless Start have a permanent, randomly generated Master set at the factory. Your loader will have an Owner . The can be changed to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner on Page 159.) Keep your in a safe place for future needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, press the START button (Item 2) [Figure 98]. Release the button when the engine starts.
NOTE: The Lockout feature can be used to allow starting of the loader without a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.)
69 71 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) to enter the , then press the RUN button (Item 3) [Figure 98].
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
(SJC) The current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 101] is pressed.
Keyless Start (Cont’d) NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position before starting the engine. Do not move the levers or joysticks from the neutral position when pressing the RUN / ENTER or START buttons with the BICS™ activated.
NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light will flash when the RUN button has been pressed and continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, thereafter the light will become solid. If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active mode light will remain solid and the pending mode light will flash. When operation of the machine is returned to neutral, the active mode light will then turn off and the pending mode light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
Figure 100 FRONT
ACS 1
SJC
WARNING B-15993Q
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
B-15993R
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item 1) [Figure 100].
W-2050-0807
OR (SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) [Figure 100]. Figure 101
2
1 P-76683
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 101] to activate the BICS™ and to perform hydraulic and loader functions.
70 72 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Figure 103
Deluxe Instrumentation
WARNING • •
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas. Keep flammable material away. Do not use machines in atmosphere containing explosive gas.
3 2
W-2051-1086
B-15553J
Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Press the RUN / ENTER button (Item 3) [Figure 103].
Figure 102
Figure 104
2 P-31864
1 P-76461B
Set the engine speed control to the idle position [Figure 102]
The machine will cycle the air intake heater (glow plugs) automatically based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1) will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the data display (Item 2) [Figure 104].
NOTE: Loaders with a Deluxe Instrumentation have a permanent, randomly generated Master set at the factory. Your loader will be assigned an Owner . Your dealer will provide you with this . Change the to one that you will easily to prevent unauthorized use of your loader. (See Changing The Owner on Page 160.) Keep your in a safe place for future needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, press the START button (Item 2) [Figure 103]. Release the button when the engine starts.
NOTE: The Lockout feature can be used to allow starting of the loader without a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 161.)
71 73 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) to enter the , then press the RUN / ENTER button (Item 3) [Figure 103].
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
(SJC) The current drive response setting will be displayed briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 106] is pressed.
Deluxe Instrumentation (Cont’d) NOTE: Make sure both hand controls (ACS) or joysticks (SJC) are in the neutral position before starting the engine. Do not move the levers or joysticks from the neutral position when pressing the RUN / ENTER or START buttons with the BICS™ activated.
NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position (ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required. The light will flash when the RUN button has been pressed and continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed, thereafter the light will become solid. If the mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the active mode light will remain solid and the pending mode light will flash. When operation of the machine is returned to neutral, the active mode light will then turn off and the pending mode light will continue to flash until the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
Figure 105 FRONT
ACS 1
SJC
WARNING B-15993Q
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
B-15993R
(ACS) Select hand control or foot pedal operation (Item 1) [Figure 105].
W-2050-0807
OR (SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 2) [Figure 105]. Figure 106
2
1 P-76683
Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 106] to activate the BICS™ and to perform hydraulic and loader functions.
72 74 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Cold Temperature Starting
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not use ether with glow plug (preheat) systems. Explosion can result which can cause injury, death, or severe engine damage. W-2071-0907
•
Replace the engine oil with the correct type and viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature. (See Engine Oil Chart on Page 120.)
•
Make sure the battery is fully charged.
•
Install an engine heater, available from your Bobcat loader dealer.
•
Move engine speed control lever halfway before starting. Return to idle position after the engine starts.
NOTE:
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following to make starting the engine easier:
The display screen of the Deluxe Instrumentation may not be immediately visible when the temperature is below -26°C (-15°F). It may take 30 seconds to several minutes for the display screen to warm up. All systems remain monitored even when the display screen is off.
73 75 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D)
Standard And ACS (If Equipped)
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System
Figure 108 Left Handle
Right Handle 1
IMPORTANT When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F), hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C (0°F) if possible.
1 P-54603
P-54602
Press the bottom of the two-speed switch (Item 1) [Figure 108] to cycle system back to single speed when the two-speed icon (Item 1) [Figure 107] stops flashing. Then press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 108] to enter two-speed operation.
I-2007-0910
Let the engine run for a minimum of five minutes to warm the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid before operating the loader.
SJC (If Equipped) 1
Figure 109 1
Left Joystick
Right Joystick
P-76455C
1 The two-speed icon (Item 1) [Figure 107] will flash slowly if the operator attempts to engage two-speed operation before the hydraulic / hydrostatic system has been adequately warmed up.
P-24820
Press the top of the two-speed switch (Item 1) [Figure 109] to enter two-speed operation when the twospeed icon (Item 1) [Figure 107] stops flashing.
NOTE: There is a minimum three minute delay if the two-speed icon is flashing slowly. The machine will automatically warm up the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid and notify the operator when fluid is warm enough for twospeed operation by turning off the two-speed icon.
NOTE: Returning the two-speed switch to single speed operation will turn the flashing icon off immediately.
74 76 of 194
P-24802
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
NOTE: Returning the two-speed switch to single speed operation will turn the flashing icon off immediately.
Figure 107
MONITORING THE DISPLAY S
Warning And Shutdown
Left
When a WARNING condition exists, the associated icon light will come ON and there will be 3 beeps from the alarm. If this condition is allowed to continue, there may be damage to the engine or loader hydraulic systems.
Figure 110
When a SHUTDOWN condition exists, the associated icon light will come ON and there will be a continuous beep from the alarm. The monitoring system will automatically stop the engine in 15 seconds. The engine can be restarted to move or relocate the loader. 2
The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following icons:
1
General Warning Engine Malfunction Engine Coolant Temperature Hydraulic System Malfunction
P-76460C
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and BICS™ lights (all BICS™ lights must be OFF to operate loader) [Figure 110].
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left instrument [Figure 110] for error conditions. The associated icon will be ON if there is an error condition. EXAMPLE: Engine Coolant Temperature is High The Engine Over-Temperature icon (Item 1) [Figure 110] will be ON. Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 110] to cycle the data display until the service code screen is displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES will be displayed. • •
M0810 Engine Coolant Temperature High M0811 Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High
Find the cause of the error code and correct before operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on Page 152.)
75 77 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
NOTE: Activating the Lockout Feature on machines with the Keyless Start or the Deluxe Instrumentation allows operation of the loader without using a . (See Lockout Feature on Page 159.) or (See Lockout Feature on Page 161.)
STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER Procedure Stop the loader on level ground. Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground.
Figure 113
P-66659
P-66660
P-31864
Pull the engine speed control fully [Figure 111] to decrease the engine speed.
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and steps (maintaining a 3-point ) [Figure 113].
backward
WARNING
Engage the parking brake. Figure 112
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
2
1
Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
2 P-76603
P-90809A
B-15553L
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) or press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 112].
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate.
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON for approximately 90 seconds after turning the loader OFF.
W-2463-1110
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions are deactivated. Unbuckle the seat belt. Remove the key from the switch (Standard Key ) to prevent operation of the loader by unauthorized personnel.
76 78 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 111
COUNTERWEIGHTS
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight
Description
If your loader is already equipped with accessories like Over Tire Steel Tracks, Water Tanks or Rear Stabilizers, installing counterweights may not be necessary.
Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader counterweights and configurations for your job application and attachment.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the proper use of counterweights with your attachments and accessories.
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not change if counterweights are installed on this loader. Always follow the instructions provided in this manual when operating your loader with counterweights installed.
•
Increased machine weight.
•
Increased Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
•
Harder steering.
•
Accelerated or uneven tire wear.
•
Increased power consumption.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the loader and its operation in some applications. Some examples are:
When To Consider Using Counterweights Install counterweights to increase the loader Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve attachment performance in some applications. Some examples are: •
Using pallet forks with palletized loads.
•
Using grapples or bale forks.
•
Using buckets to handle loose material without digging.
When To Consider Removing Counterweights Remove counterweights to increase the downward force of the attachment for better attachment performance in some applications. Some examples are: •
Digging with buckets.
•
Using Hydraulic Breakers, Scrapers or Landplanes.
77 79 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ATTACHMENTS
Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of material being handled. For safe handling of materials and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or bucket) should handle a full load without going over the ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more difficult.
Choosing The Correct Bucket
WARNING
Pallet Forks AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Never use attachments or buckets which are not approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and attachments for safe loads of specified densities are approved for each model. Unapproved attachments can cause injury or death.
Figure 115
1
W-2052-0907
NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments are used on the Bobcat loader. The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The buckets and attachments are approved for Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to the Bob-Tach.
B-17255
The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the operator cab. (See Performance on Page 184.)
The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork is shown on a decal located on the pallet fork frame (Item 1) [Figure 115].
The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer buckets are used, the load center moves forward and reduces the ROC. If very dense material is loaded, the volume must be reduced to prevent overloading.
See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for other available attachments.
Figure 114 WRONG
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC). Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control. W-2053-0903
B-16251
Exceeding the ROC [Figure 114] can cause the following problems: • • • •
Steering the loader may be difficult. Tires will wear faster. There will be a loss of stability. The life of the Bobcat loader will be reduced. 78 80 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Load varies with model of pallet fork being used.
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Figure 117
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual to install other attachments. Figure 116 1
N-18516
Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page 76.)
N-18515
Installing
WARNING
Pull the Bob-Tach levers all the way up (Item 1) [Figure 116].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake. Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward. Drive the loader forward until the top edge of the BobTach is completely under the top flange of the bucket [Figure 116] (or other attachment). Be sure the BobTach levers do not hit the bucket.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate. W-2463-1110
79 81 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground to ensure the mounting frame is tight to the Bob-Tach [Figure 117].
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
WARNING
Installing (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off.
Figure 118
W-2715-0208
Removing Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if applicable. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page 76.) 1
WARNING
Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully engaged in the locked position (Item 1) [Figure 118] (wedges fully extended).
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated.
Figure 119
1
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate. W-2463-1110
2 P-31233
Disconnect attachment electrical harness, water line and hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) on Page 60.)
P-31237
The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes (Item 2) [Figure 119] in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the Bob-Tach.
80 82 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
N-18526A
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.
Removing (Cont’d)
Installing
Figure 120
The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual to install other attachments. Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.) Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake. Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward. N-18525A
Figure 122 Pull the Bob-Tach levers [Figure 120] all the way up.
WARNING
B-15993Q
Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning can cause injury.
2
W-2054-1285 P-31236
Enter the loader. Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRESTARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.)
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Item 1) (Front ) until levers (Item 2) [Figure 122] are in unlocked position (wedges fully raised).
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake.
Figure 123
Figure 121
N-18515 N-18515
Drive the loader forward until the top edge of the BobTach is completely under the top flange of the bucket [Figure 123] (or other attachment). Be sure the BobTach levers do not hit the bucket.
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and move the loader backward, away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 121].
81 83 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Figure 125
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
1
Installing (Cont’d) B-15993Q
Figure 124
2
P-31235
3
N-18516
Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground [Figure 124].
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch (Front ) (Item 1) until levers are fully engaged in the locked position (Item 2) [Figure 125] (wedges fully engaged).
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Item 1) [Figure 122] (Front ) to make sure the levers are all the way up.
The wedges (Item 3) [Figure 125] must extend through the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the BobTach.
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous pressurized hydraulic oil to keep the wedges in the engaged position and prevent attachment disengagement. Because the wedges can slowly lower, the operator may need to reactivate the switch (WEDGES UP) to be sure both wedges are fully raised before installing the attachment.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off. W-2715-0208
82 84 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-31233
ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)
Figure 126
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)
1
Removing
B-15993Q
Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if applicable. If the attachment has electrical, water or hydraulic connections to the loader: 1. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page 76.)
P-31236
Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Front ) (Item 1) [Figure 126] until the wedges are fully raised.
WARNING
Figure 127
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before you leave the operator’s seat: • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. • Stop the engine. • Engage the parking brake. • Raise the seat bar. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction drive functions are deactivated. The seat bar system must deactivate these functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if controls do not deactivate. W-2463-1110
N-18515
2. Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) on Page 60.)
Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and move the loader backward, away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 127]. NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous pressurized hydraulic oil to keep the wedges in the engaged position and prevent attachment disengagement. Because the wedges can slowly lower, the operator may need to reactivate the switch (WEDGES UP) when removing an attachment to be sure both wedges are fully raised.
3. Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 64.) 4. Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and release the parking brake.
83 85 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE
Operating Near An Edge Or Water
Inspect The Work Area
Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible and the loader wheels perpendicular to the edge so that if part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved back.
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for unsafe conditions. Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer, irrigation, etc.) located and marked.
Always move the loader back at any indication the edge may be unstable.
Remove objects or other construction material that could damage the loader or cause personal injury.
•
Inspect for signs of instability such as cracks or settlement.
•
Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground stability.
•
Check for adequate traction if working on a slope.
• • • • • • •
MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLL OVER CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Keep the lift arms as low as possible. Do not travel or turn with the lift arms up. Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning. Go up and down slopes, not across them. Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill. Do not overload the machine. Check for adequate traction. W-2018-1109
Basic Operating Instructions
Driving On Public Roads
Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before operating the loader.
When operating on a public road or highway, always follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving Vehicle Sign or direction signals may be required.
IMPORTANT Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed and light load have longer life. I-2015-0284
Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum horsepower. Move the steering levers only a small amount to operate the loader slowly. New operators must operate the loader in an open area without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all conditions of the work area.
84 86 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
WARNING
Always check ground conditions before starting your work:
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Operating With An Empty Bucket
Operating With A Full Bucket
Figure 130 WITH BUCKET EMPTY
Figure 128 WITH BUCKET FULL
Going Down Slope B-15540
Going Up Slope
Figure 131 B-16266
WITH BUCKET EMPTY
WITH BUCKET FULL
Going Up Slope
Going Down Slope
With an empty bucket, go down or up the slope with the heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 130] and [Figure 131].
B-16262
Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions on rough ground.
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 128] and [Figure 129].
85 87 of 194
B-15517
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 129
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (Foot Pedals)
Figure 134
Filling Figure 132
2
1
1
2
B-15973
B-15534A
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket.
B-15973
B-15520C
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the truck box or bin. Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 134]. If all the material is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
1
WARNING
B-15973
B-15521C
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 132].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip forward and cause injury or death.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 132] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 133] all the way when the bucket is full. Drive backward away from the material.
WARNING Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury or death. W-2056-0903
86 88 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 134]. Level the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 134] while raising the lift arms to help prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 133
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 136]. Put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 136].
Leveling The Ground Using Float (Foot Pedals) Figure 135
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down (Item 2) [Figure 136] until it enters the ground.
1
Raise the cutting edge a small amount (Item 3) [Figure 136] to increase traction and keep an even digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge of the bucket (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 136] while driving forward slowly.
2
3
Figure 137 B-15522
B-15973
Put the lift arms in float position by pushing the pedal all the way forward (Item 1) [Figure 135] until the pedal is locked in the forward position. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 135] to change the position of the cutting edge of the bucket. With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force on the cutting edge and more loose material can be moved.
B-15538B
Drive backward to level loose material.
B-15973
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 137] as far as it will go when the bucket is full.
Push the bottom of the lift pedal (Item 3) [Figure 135] to unlock the float position.
Filling Figure 138
IMPORTANT Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift arms is in float position.
1
2
I-2005-1285
Digging And Filling A Hole (Foot Pedals) Digging Figure 136
B-15537B
1
B-15973
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 138] and put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 138]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into the hole.
2
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 138] as soon as it is past the edge of the hole.
3
If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket. B-15539
B-15973
87 89 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)
Figure 141
Filling 2
Figure 139 1
2
B-15781
B-15534A
1
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket. B-15781
B-15520C
Figure 140
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the truck box or bin. Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 141]. If all material is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
1
WARNING
B-15781
B-15521C
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip forward and cause injury or death.
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 139]. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 139] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 140] all the way when the bucket is full. Drive backward away from the material.
WARNING Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury or death. W-2056-0903
88 90 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 141]. Level the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 141] while raising the lift arms to help prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Leveling The Ground Using Float (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) Figure 142
3 4 2 1
B-15522
1
B-15781
Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 142] while the lever is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms (Item 2) [Figure 142], release the float button.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 142] to change the position of the cutting edge of the bucket. With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force on the cutting edge and more loose material can be moved. Drive backward to level loose material. To disengage float, press the float button again or raise the lift arms (Item 4) [Figure 142].
IMPORTANT Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift arms is in float position. I-2005-1285
89 91 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Filling
Digging And Filling A Hole (ACS - Handles, SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)
Figure 145
Digging 2
Figure 143 1
2 3
B-15537B
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 145] and put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 145]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into the hole.
B-15781A B-15781B
B-15539
B-15781A B-15781B
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 143]. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 143] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 145] as soon as it is past the edge of the hole. If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down (Item 2) [Figure 143] until it enters the ground. Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3) [Figure 143] to increase traction and keep an even digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 143] while driving forward. Figure 144
1
B-15538B
B-15781
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 144] as far as it will go when the bucket is full.
90 92 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Emptying
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern)
Figure 148
Filling Figure 146 2 1
1
2
P-24820 P-24802
B-15534A
Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you want to empty the bucket.
P-24820 P-24802
B-15520C
Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the truck box or bin. Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 148]. If all material is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to move it to the other side.
1
P-24820 P-24802
B-15521C
WARNING
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 146].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip forward and cause injury or death.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 146] until the cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground.
W-2057-0694
Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 147] all the way when the bucket is full. Drive backward away from the material.
WARNING Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury or death. W-2056-0903
91 93 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 148]. Level the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 148] while raising the lift arms to help prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.
Figure 147
OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)
Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern)
Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern)
Digging Figure 150
Figure 149 1 2 2 3
3
4 B-15522
P-24820 P-24802
B-15539
P-24820 P-24802
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 150]. Put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 150].
Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 149] while the joystick is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms (Item 2) [Figure 149], release the float button.
Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down (Item 2) [Figure 150] until it enters the ground.
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 149] to change the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.
Raise the cutting edge a small amount (Item 3) [Figure 150] to increase traction and keep an even digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 150] while driving forward.
With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force on the cutting edge and more loose material can be moved. Drive backward to level loose material.
Tilt the bucket backward (Item 3) [Figure 150] as far as it will go when the bucket is full.
To disengage, press the float button again or raise the lift arms (Item 4) [Figure 149].
Filling Figure 151
IMPORTANT 1
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift arms is in float position. 2
I-2005-1285
B-15537B
P-24820 P-24802
Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 151] and put the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) [Figure 151]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to push the material into the hole. Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 151] as soon as it is past the edge of the hole. If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
92 94 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
TOWING THE LOADER Procedure Because of the design of the loader, there is not a recommended towing procedure. •
The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.
•
The loader can be skidded a short distance to move for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. (The tires will not turn.) There might be slight wear to the tires when the loader is skidded.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
93 95 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LIFTING THE LOADER
Four-Point Lift
Single-Point Lift
WARNING
WARNING • • •
• •
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before lifting, check fasteners on single point lift and operator cab. Assemble front cab fasteners as shown in this manual. Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift. Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine. W-2160-0910
The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift which is available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
W-2007-0910
Figure 153
The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to lift and the Bobcat loader without affecting roll over and falling object protection features of the operator cab. Figure 152
TS-1998A
Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 153]. NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate size and capacity for the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
TS-1998B
Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 152]. NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate size and capacity for the weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
94 96 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift which is available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER
Fastening
Loading And Unloading
Figure 155
WARNING AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are needed to the weight of the machine when loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can break and cause personal injury. W-2058-0807
N-19048A P-31228
P-73276
Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See Performance on Page 184.)
Alternate Front Tie Down
P-31829
1 P-31912
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes [Figure 155].
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 154].
• • • •
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or ed (Item 1) [Figure 154] when loading or unloading the loader to prevent the front end of the trailer from rai.
•
95 97 of 194
Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor. Stop the engine. Engage the parking brake. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie down positions [Figure 155]. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 154
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 96 98 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Inspecting The Lift Arm By Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 LIFT ARM DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Adjusting Switch Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
97 99 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Cleaning And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Evaporator / Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Removing And Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Single Speed Loaders) . . . . . . .131 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Two-Speed Loaders) . . . . . . . .132 Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
98 100 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Checking And Adding Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Removing And Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
99 101 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 100 102 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MAINTENANCE SAFETY WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow W-2003-0807 instructions can cause injury or death.
Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.
CORRECT
P-90216
Never service the Bobcat SkidSteer Loader without instructions.
B-15535
Use the correct procedure to lift or lower operator cab.
WRONG
B-15734
Have good ventilation when welding or grinding painted parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts. Toxic dust and gas can be produced. Avoid exhaust fume leaks which can kill without warning. Exhaust system must be tightly sealed.
CORRECT
B-15524
Cleaning and maintenance are required daily.
WRONG
WRONG
B-15732
B-15525
Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Do not go under lift arms when raised unless ed by an approved lift arm device. Replace it if damaged.
Never work on loader with lift arms up unless lift arms are held by an approved lift arm device. Replace if damaged. Never modify equipment or add attachments not approved by Bobcat Company.
WRONG
WRONG
WRONG
B-15733
B-15523
B-6589
Stop, cool and clean engine of flammable materials before checking fluids. Never service or adjust loader with the engine running unless instructed to do so in the manual. Avoid with leaking hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel under pressure. It can penetrate the skin or eyes. Never fill fuel tank with engine running, while smoking or when near open flame.
Keep body, jewelry and clothing away from moving parts, electrical , hot parts and exhaust. Wear eye protection to guard from battery acid, compressed springs, fluids under pressure and flying debris when engines are running or tools are used. Use eye protection approved for type of welding. Keep rear door closed except for service. Close and latch door before operating the loader.
Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gases. Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. Batteries contain acid which burns eyes or skin on . Wear protective clothing. If acid s body, flush well with water. For eye flush well and get immediate medical attention.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/ operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer. MSW07-0409
101 103 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
CORRECT
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 102 104 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SERVICE SCHEDULE Chart Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
WARNING
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807
SERVICE SCHEDULE
HOURS
SERVICE REQUIRED
Engine Oil Engine Air Filter and Air System
Check the oil level and add as needed. Do not overfill. Check display . Service only when required. Check for leaks and damaged components. Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator and grille. Check coolant level COLD and add premixed coolant as needed. Remove the trapped water. Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
Engine Cooling System Fuel Filter Lift Arms, Cylinders, Bob-Tach Pivot Pins and Wedges Tires
8-10
Check for damaged tires and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire. Seat Bar, Control Interlocks, Seat Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as Belt, Seat Belt Retractors needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean dirt and debris from moving parts. Bobcat Interlock Control Systems Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate with seat (BICS™) bar raised. See details in this Manual. Front Horn / Back-up Alarm Check for proper function. Safety Signs and Safety Treads Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or safety treads that are damaged or worn. Operator Cab Check the fastening bolts, washers and nuts. Check the condition of the cab. Indicators and Lights Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights. Heater and A/C Filters Clean or replace filters as needed. (If Equipped) Hydraulic Fluid, Hoses and Check fluid level and add as needed. Check for damage and leaks. Repair or Tubelines replace as needed. Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase), Check fluid level and add as needed. Parking Brake, Foot Pedals, Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed. Hand Controls and Steering Levers or Joysticks Wheel Nuts Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See TIRE MAINTENANCE in this manual.) Spark Arrester Muffler Clean the spark chamber. Battery Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed. Steering Lever Pivots Grease fittings. Fuel Filter Replace filter element. Engine / Hydro. Drive Belt Check for wear or damage. Check idler arm stop. Drive Belts (Alternator, air Check condition and tension. Adjust or replace as needed. conditioning, water pump) Bobcat Interlock Control System Check the function of the lift arm by control. (BICS™) Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter, Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, charge filter, and the reservoir Charge Filter, Reservoir Breather breather. Final Drive Trans. (Chaincase) Replace the fluid. Hydraulic Reservoir Replace the fluid. Case Drain Filters Replace the filters. Engine Valves Adjust the engine valves. Coolant Replace the coolant
■ ▲ ❏ ● ✶ ❍
50
100
■
■
■
250
500
1000
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
ITEM
❏
▲
▲
✶
●
▲
❍ Every 2 years
Or every 12 months. Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled. Check every 8 - 10 hours for the first 24 hours, then at 50 hour intervals. Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter element after the first 50 hours, then when service code [M0217] is displayed or as scheduled. Change oil and filter every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions. Perform at first 500 hours, then as scheduled.
103 105 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)
Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING)
Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and raise seat bar fully. Move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
Figure 156 2
1
3
7. Engage parking brake and move steering levers or joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock must be engaged. 6 NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left instrument will remain ON until the engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed and the parking brake is disengaged.
5 4
8. Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop engine. Turn lift arm by control knob clockwise 1/ 4 turn. Pull up and hold lift arm by control knob until lift arms slowly lower.
P-76459A
1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key to RUN or press RUN button. Lower seat bar and disengage parking brake. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 4). Two BICS™ lights (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 156] [SEAT BAR AND LIFT & TILT VALVE] on left instrument must be OFF. The PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button will light.
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (ACS And SJC) 9. Sit in operator’s seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat bar, start engine and press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS™ lights (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 156] [SEAT BAR, LIFT & TILT VALVE AND PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button light will turn OFF.
10. Raise lift arms about 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. 11. Turn key OFF or press STOP button, and wait for the engine to come to a complete stop. 12. Turn key ON or press RUN button. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick) to lower the lift arms. Lift arms must not lower.
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) 3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar and press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 4). Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 5). The auxiliary hydraulics light will be ON (Item 6) [Figure 156]. Raise the seat bar. The light must be OFF.
13. Move the control (foot pedal, hand control or joystick) to tilt the bucket (or attachment) forward. The bucket (or attachment) must not tilt forward.
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING)
WARNING
4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking brake and fasten seat belt.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it does not, your dealer for service. DO NOT modify the system.
5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms must stop. Repeat using the tilt function.
W-2151-1111
104 106 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Inspecting The Lift Arm By Control
SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals and handles (if equipped) must be firmly locked in the NEUTRAL position (except joysticks). There must be no motion of the lift arms or tilt (attachment) when the controls are moved.
Description The seat bar restraint system has a pivoting seat bar with armrests.
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat bar. The lift arms must stop.
The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the seat. Models with Standard Controls have hydraulic valve spool interlocks for the lift and tilt functions. The spool interlocks require the operator to lower the seat bar in order to operate the foot pedal controls.
Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the seat bar. Operate the foot pedals and handles (if equipped) to be sure they are firmly locked in the NEUTRAL position (except joysticks).
When the seat bar is down, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated and the engine is running, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions can be operated.
Maintaining When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position.
See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
Models with Advanced Control System (ACS) have mechanical interlocks for the handles and pedals. The interlocks for the handles and pedals require the operator to lower the seat bar in order to operate the selected controls.
2
When the seat bar is down, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated and the engine is running, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions can be operated using the selected controls (handles or foot pedals).
1
When the seat bar is up, the handles and pedals are locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position. Models with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) have electrical deactivation of joystick functions. Activation of functions require the operator to lower the seat bar.
N-19225
Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting hardware. The correct hinge bolt (Item 1) torque is 34 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb). The seat bar sensor nut (left side only) (Item 2) [Figure 157] torque is 6 - 8 N•m (50 - 70 inlb).
When the seat bar is down, the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated and the engine is running, the lift, tilt and traction drive functions can be operated. When the seat bar is up, the joystick functions are deactivated even though the joystick does not mechanically lock.
If the seat bar system does not function correctly, replace parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine Bobcat replacement parts.
Inspecting Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.
WARNING The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt control functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for service if hydraulic controls do not deactivate.
Operate the hydraulic controls to check that both the lift and tilt functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms until the attachment is about 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground.
W-2465-111
105 107 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 157
SEAT BELT
Figure 158
Inspection And Maintenance
1
WARNING
3
Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in serious injury or death. W-2466-0703
Check the seat belt daily for correct function. 4
Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or unusual wear, significant discolorations due to ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other obvious problem should be replaced immediately. B-22283
The items below are referenced in [Figure 158]. 1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear, fraying, dirt and stiffness. 2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation. Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn, deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken. 3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped) by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly. 4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV) rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original color of the webbing in these areas is extremely faded and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the webbing strength may have deteriorated. See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement parts for your machine.
106 108 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2
Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once each year or more often if the machine is exposed to severe environmental conditions or applications.
LIFT ARM DEVICE
Figure 159
Installing
1
WARNING Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm device. Failure to use an approved lift arm device can allow the lift arms or attachment to fall and cause injury or death. Service lift arm device if damaged or if parts are missing. Using a damaged lift arm or with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop causing injury or death.
P-43747
P-31266
Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame (Inset) [Figure 159].
W-2572-0407
DANGER
The operator must stay in the operator seat with the seat belt fastened and the seat bar lowered until the lift arm device is installed. Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up. Figure 160 P-90328
•
•
AVOID DEATH Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless ed by an approved lift arm . Replace if damaged. D-1009-0409
Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on Page 79.) OR (See Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 81.)
P-31857
Have a second person install the lift arm device over the rod of one of the lift cylinders [Figure 160]. The lift arm device must be tight against the cylinder rod.
107 109 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Remove the lift arm device (Item 1) [Figure 159] from the storage position.
LIFT ARM DEVICE (CONT’D) Installing (Cont’d) Figure 161
P-10136
P-31856B
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm device is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder [Figure 161]. The tabs of the lift arm device must go past the end of the cylinder (Inset) [Figure 161]. Removing The operator must be in the operator’s seat, with the seat belt fastened and seat bar lowered, until the lift arm device is removed and the lift arms are lowered all the way. Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up. Have a second person remove the lift arm device. Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine. Return the lift arm device to the storage position and secure with clamping knobs. Remove the jackstands.
108 110 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM
Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1) [Figure 163], wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 163] and back-up alarm switches (if equipped) (Item 2) [Figure 164] for tightness and damage. Repair or replace any damaged components.
Description The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. Slight movement of the steering levers into the reverse position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
If the back-up alarm switches require adjustment, (See Adjusting Switch Position on Page 109.) Adjusting Switch Position
Inspecting
NOTE: Joystick equipped machines do not have back-up alarm switches and cannot be adjusted. See your Bobcat dealer for service if your back-up alarm does not sound.
Figure 162
1 Standard Controls And ACS (If Equipped) Stop the engine and raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.)
Switch Rollers ing Bellcranks
P-76108
2
Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal (Item 1) [Figure 162]. Replace if required.
2
1
1
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. Disengage the parking brake. P-62915
Move both steering levers or joystick(s) into the reverse position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels or both tracks are moving in reverse.
Place the steering levers in the neutral position.
The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear door.
Loosen the screws (Item 1) [Figure 164] securing the back-up alarm switches.
Figure 163
Position the back-up alarm switch rollers so that they just make with bellcranks without compressing the switch springs [Figure 164]. Torque the screws (Item 1) [Figure 164] securing the switches to the bracket to 1,6 2,1 N•m (14 - 19 in-lb). 1
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.) Inspect back-up alarm system for proper function. (See Inspecting on Page 109.)
2 P-69346
109 111 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 164
OPERATOR CAB
Figure 165
Description The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be worn for rollover protection. Check the ROPS / FOPS cab, mounting and hardware for damage. Never modify the ROPS / FOPS cab. Replace the cab and hardware if damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts. P-43747
ROPS / FOPS - Roll Over protective Structure per ISO 3471, and Falling Object Protective Structure per SAE J1043 and ISO 3449, Level I. Level II is available.
Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame [Figure 165].
Level I Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks, and hand tools encountered in operations such as highway maintenance, landscaping, and other construction sites. Level II Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines involved in site clearing, overhead demolition or forestry.
WARNING
P-31288
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding, drilling holes or adding attachments unless instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to the cab can cause loss of operator protection from rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or death.
Remove the nuts and plates [Figure 166] (both sides) at the front corners of the cab.
WARNING
W-2069-0200
Raising
UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB WITH CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the cab. Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab, install the lift arm device. (See LIFT ARM DEVICE on Page 107.)
•
STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab. W-2758-0908
NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame could the steering levers while raising or lowering the operator cab. The engine MUST be stopped before raising or lowering the operator cab.
110 112 of 194
P-31289
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 166
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Raising (Cont’d)
WARNING
Figure 167 UNEXPECTED LOADER, LIFT ARM OR ATTACHMENT MOVEMENT CAUSED BY CAB WITH CONTROLS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH •
STOP ENGINE before raising or lowering cab. W-2758-0908
NOTE: On some machines, the operator cab frame could the steering levers while raising or lowering the operator cab. The engine MUST be stopped before raising or lowering the operator cab. P-31858A
Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab [Figure 167] slowly until the cab is all the way up and the latching mechanism engages. Lowering
WARNING
Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the cab.
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY Remove your hand from the latching mechanism when the cab is past the latch stop.
NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the cab. Figure 168
W-2469-0803
Figure 169
N-20120
P-31859A
Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until it stops at the latching mechanism [Figure 168].
P-31288
Install the plates and nuts (both sides) [Figure 169].
NOTE: The weight of the cab increases when equipped with options and accessories such as cab door, heater, air conditioning, etc. In these cases, the cab may need to be raised slightly from the latch to be able to release the latch.
Tighten the nuts to 54 - 61 N•m (40 - 45 ft-lb) torque.
111 113 of 194
P-31289
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
the cab and release the latching mechanism (Inset) [Figure 168]. Remove your hand from the latch mechanism when the cab is past the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the cab all the way down.
OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D)
Figure 172
Cab Door Sensor This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor. Figure 170
P-76461Q
The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 171] will be ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to RUN or the RUN / ENTER button is pressed, the seat bar is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
1
[DOOR] will appear in the data display [Figure 172].
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-68116B
The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 170] installed which deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the door is open. Figure 171
1
P-76459B
The LIFT & TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 171] will be OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned to RUN or the RUN / ENTER button is pressed, the seat bar is lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is pressed.
112 114 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
REAR DOOR (TAILGATE)
Adjusting
Opening And Closing
Figure 175
Figure 173
1
P-76970A P-30806
P-31848A
Reach into the slot in the rear door and pull the latch handle [Figure 173].
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
Pull the rear door open.
REAR GRILLE
Figure 174
Removing
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The door latch (Item 1) [Figure 175] can be adjusted up or down for alignment with the door latch mechanism.
Open the rear door.
1
Figure 176 P-66784
2
P-16366
P-16367
Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1) [Figure 174] to hold the door open. Move the door stop up (Item 2) [Figure 174] to disengage the door stop and allow the door to close.
P-31249
Close the rear door.
Lift and pull the rear grille to remove it from the loader [Figure 176].
WARNING
Installing Align the tabs of the rear grille into the slots in the loader frame (Inset) [Figure 176].
Keep the rear door closed when operating the machine. Failure to do so could seriously injure a bystander.
Lower the rear grille and close the rear door.
W-2020-1285
113 115 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
Evaporator / Heater Coil Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.)
This machine may be equipped with a Heating System or HVAC.
Figure 179
Cleaning And Maintenance The heating and HVAC systems require regular inspection and maintenance. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
1
Filters Figure 177
P-76565
1
Remove the cover screws (Item 1) [Figure 179] and remove the cover.
1
P-48012
The Fresh Air Filter (Item 1) [Figure 177] is located below the rear window outside the cab. Remove the clamping knobs, filter cover and filter. Shake the filter or use low pressure air to remove dirt. This can be done several times before replacement is required. Install the filter, filter cover and clamping knobs.
2 P-76201
Figure 178
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the evaporator (Item 1) and heater coil (Item 2) [Figure 180]. Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.) Condenser The condenser should be cleaned with the oil cooler and the radiator. (See Cleaning on Page 121.) Air Conditioning Lubrication
1
Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every week to lubricate the internal components.
P-48005
The Recirculation Filter (Item 2) [Figure 178] is located in front of the rear window inside the cab. Remove the clamping knobs, filter cover, and filter.
Troubleshooting If the fan does not run, or the air conditioning does not turn on, check the fuse. (See ELECTRICAL SYSTEM on Page 123.)
Shake the filter or use a vacuum to clean. This can be done several times before replacement is required. Install the filter with the arrows pointing forward (Inset) [Figure 178], install the filter cover and clamping knobs.
If the air conditioning system circulates warm air, the refrigerant may need to be recharged.
114 116 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 180
AIR CLEANER SERVICE
Outer Filter
Replacing Filter Elements
Figure 183
Figure 181 2
2
1 3 1
P-76460G P-76883
Figure 182 Open the latches (Item 1) and remove the dust cover (Item 2) [Figure 183].
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 184
1
B-15553M
1
It is important to change the air filter element only when necessary. The Service indicator (Item 1) will FLASH and service code [M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the Data Display (Item 2) when the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 181] is held for two seconds.
P-76884
Pull the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 184] out and discard.
The Air Cleaner icon on the Deluxe Instrumentation , if equipped, will be ON (Item 1) [Figure 182].
NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt and debris.
Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is replaced or as indicated.
Install new filter element. Push all the way in until it s the base of the housing. Install the dust [Figure 183].
115 117 of 194
cover
and
secure
the
latches
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D)
Figure 186
Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d) Inner Filter
2
Only replace the inner filter element under the following conditions: •
Replace the inner filter element every third time the outer filter is replaced.
•
After the outer element has been replaced, start the engine and run at full rpm. If the HOURMETER / CODE DISPLAY shows [M0117] (Air Filter Plugged), replace the inner filter element.
1
P-76883
Figure 185
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Install the dust cover (Item 2) and secure the latches (Item 1) [Figure 186].
1
P-76885
Remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 185]. NOTE: Make sure all sealing surfaces are free of dirt and debris. Install new filter element. Push all the way in until it s the base of the housing. Install the outer element [Figure 184].
116 118 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Biodiesel Blend Fuel
Fuel Specifications
Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or Grade No. 1.
•
Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures:
•
Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for microbial growth and contamination which can cause corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
•
Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature failure of fuel system components, such as plugged fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.
•
Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters and fuel lines.
•
Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector pump and seals.
TEMPERATURE C° (F°)
NO. 2
NO. 1
-9° (+15°)
100%
0%
Down to -29° (-20°)
50%
50%
Below -29° (-20°)
0%
100%
At a minimum, low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this machine. Low sulfur is defined as 500 mg/kg (500 ppm) sulfur maximum. The following fuels may also be used in this machine: •
Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel. Ultra low sulfur is defined as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur maximum.
•
Biodiesel blend fuel - Must contain no more than five percent biodiesel mixed with low sulfur or ultra low sulfur petroleum based diesel. This is commonly marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 blended diesel fuel must meet ASTM D975 (US Standard) or EN590 (EU Standard) specifications.
Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is used: •
Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
•
Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.
•
Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces, remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces immediately.
•
Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before operating the machine.
•
Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended oil change intervals can cause engine damage.
•
Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least 30 minutes.
NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term stability and should not be stored for more than three months.
117 119 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
WARNING
Filling The Fuel Tank
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
W-2063-0807
Figure 187
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
P-76886
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 187]. Figure 188 WRONG
B-15650
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has free movement of air and no open flames or sparks NO SMOKING! [Figure 188]. Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 187]. 118 120 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing Air From The Fuel System
Fuel Filter
After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel system before starting the engine.
For the service interval for removing water from, or replacing the fuel filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
WARNING
Removing Water Figure 189
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury. W-2072-0807
2
1 P-76887
1
Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 189] at the bottom of the filter element to remove water from the filter. Replacing Element Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 189].
2
Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and hand tighten.
P-76888
Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air From The Fuel System on Page 119.)
Open the vent (Item 1) [Figure 190] on the fuel filter housing. Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 2) [Figure 190] until fuel flows from the vent with no air bubbles.
WARNING
Close the vent (Item 1) [Figure 190].
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
119 121 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 190
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter
Checking And Adding Engine Oil
For the service interval for replacing the engine oil and filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the engine for the work shift.
Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop the engine.
Figure 191
Open the rear door and remove the drain hose from its storage position (Item 4) [Figure 191].
3
Figure 193 1
2
1
4
P-76971
Park the machine on level ground. Open the rear door and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 191].
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 193] and drain the oil into a container. Recycle or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner.
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do not overfill. Engine Oil Chart
Install the oil drain cap.
Figure 192
Remove the oil filter (Item 2) [Figure 191] and clean the filter housing surface.
ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER (LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE CRANKCASE)
Use genuine Bobcat filter only. Put oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and hand tighten. Remove the fill cap (Item 3) [Figure 191]. Put oil in the engine. For the correct quantity (See Capacities on Page 186.) Do not overfill. Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 191] and check the oil level. Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.
WARNING TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE API CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER) [1] Synthetic Oil - Use recommendation from Synthetic Oil Manufacturer.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
Use good quality engine oil that meets API Service Classification of CI-4 or better [Figure 192].
W-2103-0508
120 122 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76891
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
Figure 195
Check the cooling system every day to prevent overheating, loss of performance or engine damage. 1
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any of the following conditions exist: • When fluids are under pressure. • Flying debris or loose material is present. • Engine is running. • Tools are being used.
2
P-76189
W-2019-0907
Open the rear door. (See REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 113.) Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page 113.)
Raise the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) and use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 195].
Figure 194
Figure 196
2
1
1 P-76190
P-76181
NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the oil cooler so that the oil cooler does not fall on the radiator and damage the fins.
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 194], if equipped.
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) and use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator (Item 2) [Figure 196]. Lower the oil cooler. Lower the air conditioning condenser, if equipped. Check the cooling system for leaks. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
121 123 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the air conditioning condenser so that the air conditioning condenser does not fall on the oil cooler and damage the fins.
Cleaning
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Checking Level
Removing And Replacing Coolant
Open the rear door and raise the rear grille.
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille.
Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 3) [Figure 197] on the tank. Coolant must be at the bottom marker when the engine is cold; top marker when hot.
Figure 197
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
1
IMPORTANT 2
AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze.
3
P-76972
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which protect the internal engine components; reduces the boiling point and freeze protection of the system.
Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 197]. Remove the plug (Item 2) [Figure 197] located between the oil filter and the starter. Drain the coolant into a container.
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength concentrated coolant can cause serious premature engine damage.
After all the coolant is removed, install the plug. Recycle or dispose of coolant in an environmentally safe manner.
I-2124-0497
Figure 198
Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities on Page 186.) NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene glycol coolant (purple color). DO NOT mix propylene glycol with ethylene glycol.
1
Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene glycol to the recovery tank. (See Checking Level on Page 122.) The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F) freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt of water. P-76780
Fill the tank until it is at the lower marker on the tank and replace the coolant fill cap.
NOTE: All access covers (Item 1) [Figure 198] (both sides) must be in place to ensure correct air flow through the oil cooler which will ensure cooling for engine and hydraulic system.
NOTE: When installing the coolant fill cap, the cap must be tightened until it clicks. Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop the engine. Check the coolant level when cool. Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene glycol in your cooling system. Add coolant as needed. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
122 124 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76892
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system efficiency and may cause serious premature engine damage.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Figure 201
Description 1
Figure 199
2
3
11
9
5
13
15
17
6
18
7
19
P-13849
8
4
12
10
14
20
16
7159779
The loader has a 12 volt, negative ground alternator charging system. The electrical system is protected by fuses located in the cab on the steering control , and a 100 ampere master fuse [Figure 199] in the engine compartment on the left side of the engine, under the air cleaner. The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is an electrical overload. The reason for the overload must be found before starting the engine again.
N-19660
The location [Figure 201].
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification Figure 200
1
P-76302
and
sizes
are
REF DESCRIPTION
AMP
REF DESCRIPTION
below
and
AMP
1
Unswitched Horn
25
11 Front & Marker Lights
R
2
ACS/AWS/SJC Switched
5
12 Fuel Shutoff
R
3
Alternator & Accessories Back-up Alarm
25
13 Rear Lights
R
4
Attachments
25
14 Traction
R
5
Heater & Air Conditioning
25
15 Glow Plugs
R
6
Front & Marker Lights
15
16 Starter
R
7
Rear Lights
15
17 Traction
30
8
Bobcat Controller
25
18 Fuel Shutoff
30
9
Heater & Air Conditioning
R
19 Power Plug
15
R
20 ACS/AWS/SJC Unswitched
25
10 Switch Power
The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses and relays under the fuse cover (Item 1) [Figure 200]. A decal is inside the cover to show location and amperage ratings.
shown
R - Relay
Remove the cover to check or replace the fuses.
123 125 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76895
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Battery Maintenance Figure 202
P-09589
P-09590
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 202]. Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from battery and cables with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water solution. Put Battery Saver (6988074) or grease on the battery terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on . Wear goggles, protective clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off body. In case of acid , wash immediately with water. In case of eye get prompt medical attention and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 minutes. If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get prompt medical attention. W-2065-0807
124 126 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) [Figure 203] to the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 203] to the positive terminal on the loader starter.
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the operator’s seat and one person to connect and disconnect the battery cables.
Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3) [Figure 203] to the negative terminal of the booster battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 4) [Figure 203] to the engine.
The key switch must be OFF or the STOP button must be pressed. The booster battery must be 12 volt.
Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine. (See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 67.) After the engine has started, remove the ground (-) cable (Item 4) [Figure 203] first. Remove the cable from the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 203].
WARNING BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. When jumping from booster battery make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
Damage to the alternator can occur if: • Engine is operated with battery cables disconnected. • Battery cables are connected when using a fast charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove both cables from the battery.) • Extra battery cables (booster cables) are connected wrong.
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging. W-2066-0910
Figure 203
4
I-2023-1285
2
P-76896
3
1
P-31292
125 127 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
IMPORTANT
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Figure 205
Removing And Installing Battery
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on . Wear goggles, protective clothing and rubber gloves to keep acid off body. In case of acid , wash immediately with water. In case of eye get prompt medical attention and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15 minutes.
P-09589
P-09590
Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when installing a new or used battery [Figure 205].
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get prompt medical attention.
Open the rear door.
Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks.
Figure 204
Connect and tighten the battery cables. Install and tighten the battery hold down. 2
WARNING 1
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away from batteries. When jumping from booster battery make final connection (negative) at machine frame.
3
Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
P-76973
Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 204].
W-2066-0910
Remove the battery hold down clamp (Item 3) [Figure 204]. Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 2) [Figure 204] from the battery. Remove the battery from the loader.
126 128 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
When installing the battery in the loader, do not touch any metal parts with the battery terminals.
W-2065-0807
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart
Checking And Adding Fluid
Figure 208 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG) AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day before starting the work shift. Put the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach fully back. Stop the engine.
TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED DURING MACHINE USE [1] VG 100; Minimum VI 130 [2] VG 46; Minimum VI 150 [3] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid [4] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid [5] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at operating temperatures.)
1
P-31283A
Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system [Figure 208]. (See Hydraulic System on Page 185.)
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure 206]. Figure 207
1
P-76899
Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 207]. Add fluid as needed to bring the level to the center of the sight gauge. Install the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 207]. Install the rear grille and close the rear door.
127 129 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 206
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
SERVICE
interval.
(See
SERVICE
Open the rear door.
Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after major repair.
Figure 210
Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter, the case drain filters and the hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter on Page 128.) Open the rear door and remove the rear grille. Remove the fill cap. Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Figure 209
P-76900
1
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 210]. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal s the housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install and hand tighten the filter element. P-24751
Remove the plug from the top of the reservoir (Item 1) [Figure 209]. Pump the fluid out of the reservoir and into a container.
WARNING
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
WARNING
W-2103-0508
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
Close the rear door before operating the loader. Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
W-2103-0508
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter. Install the plug (Item 1) [Figure 209] and lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.)
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.)
Add the correct fluid to the reservoir until the fluid level is at the center of the sight gauge. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.) Replace the fill cap, install the rear grille and close the rear door. 128 130 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
WARNING
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Single Speed Loaders) For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
SERVICE
Figure 211 Left Side Shown
W-2103-0508
1
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner. Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
P-45492
Remove both [Figure 211].
hydrostatic
motor
covers
(Item
1)
Figure 212
W-2072-0807
1
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter assemblies. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.)
1 P-45499
P-45493
Remove the case drain filter assemblies (Item 1) [Figure 212] near the hydrostatic motors. Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the new filter assembly. Install new filter assemblies. Install motor covers.
129 131 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
WARNING
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
Figure 214
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Two-Speed Loaders) Raise the lift arms and install the lift arm device. (See LIFT ARM DEVICE on Page 107.)
1
DANGER P-76168
Remove the case drain filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 214]. Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the new filter assembly.
P-90328
•
AVOID DEATH Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure can cause lift arms to drop. Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless ed by an approved lift arm . Replace if damaged.
Install new case drain filter assembly and replace the side access cover. Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner. SJC equipped machines skip ahead to [Figure 216].
D-1009-0409
Figure 215 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Figure 213
2
2
1 1
1
P-76174
Scribe a mark across the top of the steering linkage bars (Item 1) [Figure 215] which are connected to the steering shaft on the control .
P-76171
Remove the left side access cover (Item 1) [Figure 213] near the rear tire.
Remove the four steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 215].
130 132 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
•
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D)
WARNING
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Case Drain Filters (Two-Speed Loaders) (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury.
Figure 216
1
W-2072-0807
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter assemblies. Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.) P-76160
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Remove the case drain filter assembly (Item 1) [Figure 216]. Install the fittings from the old filter assembly onto the new filter assembly. Install new case drain filter assembly.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
Standard Controls and ACS only: Align the marks on the steering linkage bars. Install the steering linkage mounting bolts (Item 2) [Figure 215] in the proper orientation (two bolts facing up and two bolts facing down). Tighten the steering linkage mounting bolts to 47,5 - 54,2 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb). Recycle or dispose of the environmentally safe manner.
used
fluid
in
an
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.) Remove the lift arm device and lower the lift arms. (See LIFT ARM DEVICE on Page 107.) Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
131 133 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Figure 219
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
SERVICE 1
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Earlier Models P-76553A
Figure 217
Remove and discard the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 219]. Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base where they the filter element seal. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install the element on the filter base. Install and hand tighten the filter housing to 47 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
1
WARNING
P-64239
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire.
Remove the filter (Item 1) [Figure 217]. Clean the surface of the filter housing where the filter seal s the housing. Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter. Install and hand tighten the new filter.
W-2103-0508
Later Models
Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.)
Figure 218
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic controls.
WARNING 1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention from a physician familiar with this injury. P-76676
W-2072-0807
Place a suitable container below the filter housing and remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 218].
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.
Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally safe manner.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed. (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 127.)
132 134 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
All Models
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Breather Cap For the correct service SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
interval
(See
SERVICE
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 110.) Figure 220
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
P-76881
Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 220] and discard. Install new breather cap. Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 111.)
133 135 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER
WARNING
Cleaning Procedure See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for cleaning the spark arrester muffler. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
When the engine is running during service, the driving and steering controls must be in neutral and the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can cause injury or death.
Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust system.
W-2006-1209
Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of wood over the outlet of the muffler.
IMPORTANT
This will force contaminants out through the cleanout hole.
This machine is factory equipped with a U.S.D.A. Forestry Service approved spark arrester exhaust system.
Stop the engine.
The spark arrester muffler, if equipped, must be cleaned to keep it in working condition. The spark arrester muffler must be serviced by dumping the spark chamber every 100 hours of operation.
Install and tighten the plug.
On some models, the turbocharger functions as the spark arrester and must operate correctly for proper spark arrester function.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible gases which can kill without warning.
If this machine is operated on flammable forest, brush, or grass covered land, it must be equipped with a spark arrester attached to the exhaust system and maintained in working order. Failure to do so will be in violation of California State Law, Section 4442. PRC. Refer to local laws and regulations for spark arrester requirements.
W-2050-0807
I-2284-0111
Stop the engine. Open the rear door.
WARNING
Figure 221
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles. Failure to obey can cause serious injury. W-2011-1285
WARNING
1
Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive dust or gases or where exhaust can flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can cause injury or death.
P-76902
W-2068-1285
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 221] from the bottom of the muffler. 134 136 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Close the rear door.
TIRE MAINTENANCE
It is important to keep the same size tires on each side of the loader. If different sizes are used, each tire will be turning at a different rate and cause excessive wear. The tread bars of all the tires must face the same direction.
Wheel Nuts Figure 222
Recommended tire pressure must be maintained to avoid excessive tire wear and loss of stability and handling capability. Check for correct pressure before operating the loader. Mounting Tires are to be repaired only by an authorized person using the proper procedures and safe equipment. Tires and rims must always be checked for correct size before mounting. Check rim and tire bead for damage. The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust. P-54291
See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the service interval to check the wheel nuts [Figure 222]. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.)
Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tire and cause serious injury or death.
When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 217 N•m (160 ft-lb) torque.
During inflation of the tire, check the tire pressure frequently to avoid over inflation.
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench to 190 N•m (140 ft-lb) to prevent over-tightening.
WARNING
Rotating
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Do not inflate tires above specified pressure. Failure to use correct tire mounting procedure can cause an explosion which can result in injury or death.
Check the tires regularly for wear, damage and pressure. Figure 223
W-2078-1007
IMPORTANT Inflate tires to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the sidewall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used on the same machine. I-2057-1010
B-9976
Rear tires usually wear faster than front tires. To keep tire wear even, move the front tires to the rear and rear tires to the front [Figure 223].
135 137 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The tire bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a rubber lubricant before mounting the tire.
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE)
Removing And Replacing Oil
Checking And Adding Oil
Figure 225
The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and chains and uses the same type of oil as the hydraulic / hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic System on Page 185.) 1
Park the loader on a level surface and stop the engine. Figure 224
1 P-76684
Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 225] from the front of the chaincase housing.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Figure 226
P-31287
Remove the drain plug (Item 1) [Figure 224] from the front of the chaincase housing. If oil can be reached with the tip of your finger through the hole, the oil level is correct. If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from the hole. P-31287A
Install and tighten the plug.
Remove the oil from the chaincase [Figure 226]. Recycle or dispose of the used oil in an environmentally safe manner. Add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from the hole.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames, sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause explosion or fire. W-2103-0508
136 138 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
ALTERNATOR BELT
Belt Replacement
Belt Adjustment
Remove the air conditioning belt, if equipped. (See AIR CONDITIONING BELT on Page 138.)
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Loosen the alternator shield mounting bolts (Item 1) and remove the alternator shield (Item 2) [Figure 227].
Figure 227
Loosen the alternator mounting and adjustment bolts (Item 1) and remove the alternator belt shield (Item 3) [Figure 228].
2
Move the alternator forward as far as it will go. Remove the belt from the pulleys and inspect the pulleys for wear. Replace as needed. Install new alternator belt. 1
Install alternator belt shield (Item 3) [Figure 228].
Install the alternator shield and tighten mounting bolts.
Loosen the alternator shield mounting bolts (Item 1) and remove the alternator shield (Item 2) [Figure 227].
Install the air conditioning belt, if equipped. (See AIR CONDITIONING BELT on Page 138.)
Figure 228
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
3
1
2 P-76904
Loosen the alternator mounting and adjustment bolts (Item 1) [Figure 228]. Move the alternator to tighten the belt. The tension is correct when there is 8,0 mm (5/16 in) movement at the middle of the belt span (Item 2) [Figure 228] with 66 N (15 lb) of force. Tighten the adjustment and mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 228]. Install the alternator shield and tighten mounting bolts. Close the rear door before operating the loader.
137 139 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Adjust the belt. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 137.)
P-76903
AIR CONDITIONING BELT
Figure 231
Belt Adjustment Stop the engine and open the rear door. Figure 229
2
1 3 1
P-76969
2
Remove bolt (Item 3) [Figure 229] holding harness clamp.
Move the air conditioning compressor toward the rear of machine to tighten the belt. The tension is correct when there is 4,0 mm (0.16 in) movement at the middle of the belt span (Item 2) [Figure 231] with 16,5 - 17,7 N (3.72 3.98 lb) of force.
Remove nuts (Item 1) and remove belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 229].
Tighten the mounting and adjustment nuts, install belt shield and install harness clamp and bolt.
Figure 230
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
P-76967
Belt Replacement Stop the engine and open the rear door. Remove bolt (Item 3) [Figure 229] holding harness clamp. 1
Remove nuts (Item 1) and remove belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 229]. Loosen the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 230] at bottom of compressor. Loosen the adjustment nut (Item 1) [Figure 231] at top of compressor.
P-76968
Loosen the mounting nut (Item 1) [Figure 230] at bottom of compressor.
Move the air conditioning compressor toward the front of the machine to loosen the belt. Remove the belt from the pulleys and inspect the pulleys for wear. Replace as needed. Install new air conditioning belt. Adjust the belt. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 138.) Close the rear door before operating the loader.
138 140 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Loosen the adjustment nut (Item 1) [Figure 231] at top of compressor.
DRIVE BELT
Figure 234
Belt Adjustment 1
Stop the engine and open the rear door. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2
Figure 232
1 P-76915
2
NOTE: The pointer will be at the 1 o’clock position when the spring loaded drive idler is not under tension.
P-76966
Push the idler pulley against the belt using a pry bar. The pointer will be at the 3 o’clock position (Item 2) [Figure 234] when the idler pulley is properly adjusted.
Disconnect the two electrical connectors (Item 1) [Figure 232]. Unhook the drive belt shield clip (Item 2) [Figure 232].
Tighten the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 234] to 34 - 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb) torque.
Remove the bolt and nut (Item 3) [Figure 232] from the cable bracket. Move the cables to allow removal of the drive belt shield. Figure 233
1
2
P-76908
Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (Top bolt shown) (Item 1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2) toward the front of the loader to unseat the shield from the top and bottom drive belt housing bolts. Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 233].
139 141 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Loosen the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 234].
3
DRIVE BELT (CONT’D)
Figure 237
Belt Adjustment (Cont’d) Figure 235 1
TOP HOUSING BOLT
2 1 3
P-76966
Connect the [Figure 237].
P-76917
two
electrical
connectors
(Item
1)
BOTTOM HOUSING BOLT
Install the cable bracket and tighten the bolt and nut (Item 3) [Figure 237]. Connect the negative battery cable.
1
Close the rear door before operating the loader.
P-76919
Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt housing bolts and slide the drive belt shield toward the back of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and bottom drive belt housing bolts (Item 1) [Figure 235] and [Figure 236].
140 142 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Hook the drive belt shield clip (Item 2) [Figure 237] in place.
Figure 236
DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Belt Replacement Follow the procedure under drive belt adjustment to loosen the spring loaded drive idler. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 139.) Figure 238
1
2 3
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
P-76915
Remove the spring loaded drive idler mounting bolt (Item 1) and spring loaded drive idler (Item 2) [Figure 238]. Remove the drive belt (Item 3) [Figure 238] from the pump pulley and flywheel and remove the belt from the loader. Install new drive belt. Install the spring loaded drive idler. Apply Loctite® 242 to the mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 238] and install the mounting bolt and washer. Continue the procedure under drive belt adjustment to adjust the drive belt and complete installation of removed and disconnected components. (See Belt Adjustment on Page 139.) Close the rear door before operating the loader.
141 143 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
LUBRICATING THE LOADER
Figure 241
Lubrication Locations Lubricate the loader as specified for the best performance of the loader. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.) Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the Bobcat Loader.
5
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply lubricant until extra grease shows. Lubricate the following: N-18510
Figure 239 5. Tilt Cylinder Base End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 241]. Figure 242
6 7
N-18505
1. Stabilizer Rod - Front (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 239] N-18509
Figure 240 3
6. Tilt Cylinder Rod End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 242]. 7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 242].
2 4 N-18506
Access Hole
P-31841B
2. Stabilizer Rod - Rear (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 240]. 3. Lift Cylinder Rod End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 240]. 4. Lift Cylinder Base End (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 240].
142 144 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D)
Figure 245
Lubrication Locations (Cont’d) Figure 243 8
11
N-18511
P-31839
9
11. Lift Arm Link Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 245]. P-16045
Figure 246
9. Power Bob-Tach [Figure 243].
Cylinder
(Both
Sides)
(2)
Figure 244
10
12
P-90061A
NOTE: SJC equipped machines do not have a steering lever shaft. 12. 250 Hours: Steering Lever Shaft (2) [Figure 246]. N-18508
10. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 244].
143 145 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
8. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 243].
PIVOT PINS Inspection And Maintenance Figure 247
1
P-31309
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1) [Figure 247]. Check that the lock nuts are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35 - 40 ft-lb) torque.
144 146 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER)
The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) must the lower edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 249].
Inspection And Maintenance If the wedge does not the lower edge of the hole [Figure 249], the attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Figure 248
Figure 250
P-31693
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges [Figure 248]. The levers and wedges must move freely.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off. W-2715-0208
Figure 249 1 B-17460
2 Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and BobTach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or damage [Figure 250]. Replace any parts that are damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
Wedge must lower edge of hole in the attachment. P-31233
Look for cracked welds. your Bobcat dealer for repair or replacement parts.
B-15177
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on Page 142.)
The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 249] must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame.
145 147 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOB-TACH (POWER) This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.
If the wedge does not the lower edge of the hole [Figure 252], the attachment will be loose and can come off the Bob-Tach.
Inspection And Maintenance
Figure 253
Figure 251
1
2 .B-15993Q
Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch (Item 2) [Figure 251] until the wedges are fully down.
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
The levers and wedges must move freely.
WARNING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can allow attachment to come off. W-2715-0208
Figure 252 1 B-17460
2 Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and BobTach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or damage [Figure 253]. Replace any parts that are damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.
Wedge must lower edge of hole in the attachment. P-31233
Look for cracked welds. your Bobcat dealer for repair or replacement parts.
B-15177
Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 103.) (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on Page 142.)
The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 252] must extend through the holes in the attachment mounting frame. The spring loaded wedge (Item 1) must the lower edge of the hole in the attachment (Item 2) [Figure 252].
146 148 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Return To Service
Storage
After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, it is necessary to follow a list of items to return the loader to service.
Sometimes it may be necessary to store your Bobcat loader for an extend period of time. Below is a list of items to perform before storage.
•
Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check coolant level.
•
Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine compartment.
•
Install a fully charged battery.
•
Lubricate the loader.
•
Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.
•
Replace worn or damaged parts.
•
Check all belt tensions.
•
Park the loader in a dry protected shelter.
•
Be sure all shields and guards are in place.
•
Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat on the ground.
•
Lubricate the loader.
•
Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the tires.
Check tire inflation and remove blocks from under frame.
•
Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
•
Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
•
•
Put fuel stabilizer in the fuel tank and run the engine a few minutes to circulate the stabilizer to the pump and fuel injectors.
Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while observing the instrument s and systems for correct operation.
•
Operate machine, check for correct function.
•
Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as needed.
•
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the following: Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabilizer and run the engine for at least 30 minutes. •
Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with premixed coolant.
•
Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic / hydrostatic).
•
Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.
•
Put all controls in neutral position.
•
Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry place above freezing temperatures and charge it periodically during storage.
•
Cover the exhaust pipe opening.
•
Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage condition.
147 149 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 148 150 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 CONTROL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Right Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Attachment Control Information (Deluxe Instrumentation ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SETUP (KEYLESS START ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Changing The Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
149 151 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Changing The Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Changing The s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 150 152 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES
Deluxe Instrumentation
Viewing Service Codes
The optional Deluxe Instrumentation offers an additional view of service codes.
The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing conditions which can damage your machine.
Figure 255
Figure 254 Press TOOL / SETUP 2
B-16163
Press OWNER UTILITIES
B-24288
Enter (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
P-76455G
B-24290
Press the INFORMATION button (Item 1) to cycle the DATA DISPLAY (Item 2) [Figure 254] until the service code screen is displayed. If more than one SERVICE CODE is present, the codes will scroll on the DATA DISPLAY.
Press SERVICE CODES
B-24291
NOTE: Corroded or loose grounds can cause multiple service codes and / or abnormal symptoms. All instrument lights flashing, alarm sounding, headlights and taillights flashing, could indicate a bad ground. The same symptoms could apply if the voltage is low, such as loose or corroded battery cables. If you observe these symptoms, check grounds and positive leads first.
Press NEXT to view the next 8 Service Codes. (A total of 40 Codes can be stored.)
B-24298
The Display will list the Code Number, (CODE) hourmeter reading when the error occurred (HOUR), and the () who was logged in to operate the machine when the error occurred [Figure 255]. A total of 40 Codes can be stored. When more than 40 codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the newest code will be in the number 1 position.
151 153 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
1
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D) Service Codes List Figure 256
The following word errors may be displayed: [REPLY] One or both instrument (s) not communicating with the controller.
2
1
[CODE] The controller is asking for a . (Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation s only.) [ERROR] The wrong was entered. (Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation s only.)
P-76461H P-76461P P-76455G
[SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.
Service Codes may be either a word (Item 1) or a number (Item 2) [Figure 256]. CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
A0618 A3623 A4621 A4622 A4721 A4722 A8002 A8003 A8005 A8006 A8007 A8032 A8102 A8103 A8105 A8106 A8107 A8132 A8202 A8203 A8205 A8206 A8207 A8232 A8302 A8303 A8305 A8306 A8307 A8332 A8402 A8403 A8405
Wheel speed out of range ACD not programmed Sensor supply 2 out of range high Sensor supply 2 out of range low Sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 1 out of range low ACD output ‘A’ error ON ACD output ‘A’ error OFF ACD output ‘A’ short to battery ACD output ‘A’ short to ground ACD output ‘A’ open circuit ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent ACD output ‘B’ error ON ACD output ‘B’ error OFF ACD output ‘B’ short to battery ACD output ‘B’ short to ground ACD output ‘B’ open circuit ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent ACD output ‘C’ error ON ACD output ‘C’ error OFF ACD output ‘C’ short to battery ACD output ‘C’ short to ground ACD output ‘C’ open circuit ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent ACD output ‘D’ error ON ACD output ‘D’ error OFF ACD output ‘D’ short to battery ACD output ‘D’ short to ground ACD output ‘D’ open circuit ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent ACD output ‘E’ error ON ACD output ‘E’ error OFF ACD output ‘E’ short to battery
A8406 A8407 A8432 A8502 A8503 A8505 A8506 A8507 A8532 A8602 A8603 A8605 A8606 A8607 A8702 A8703 A8705 A8706 A8707 A8802 A8803
ACD output ‘E’ short to ground ACD output ‘E’ open circuit ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent ACD output ‘F’ error ON ACD output ‘F’ error OFF ACD output ‘F’ short to battery ACD output ‘F’ short to ground ACD output ‘F’ open circuit ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent ACD output ‘G’ error ON ACD output ‘G’ error OFF ACD output ‘G’ short to battery ACD output ‘G’ short to ground ACD output ‘G’ open circuit ACD output ‘H’ error ON ACD output ‘H’ error OFF ACD output ‘H’ short to battery ACD output ‘H’ short to ground ACD output ‘H’ open circuit Reverse solenoid error ON Reverse solenoid error OFF
D3905 D3907 D4007 D7501 D7504 D7505 D7507 D7508 D7509 D7510 D7511
Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral CAN joystick communication error No communication from drive controller Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral Operating mode switch short to ground or battery Improper joysticks installed Left speed sensor not connected
152 154 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
[DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt functions will not operate.)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
D7512 D7513 D7514 D7515 D7516 D7517 D7518 D7519 D7521 D7522 D7523 D7524 D7525 D7526 D7527 D7528 D7529 D7531 D7532 D7533 D7534 D7535 D7536 D7537 D7538 D7539 D7540 D7541 D7542 D7543 D7544 D7545 D7546 D7547 D7548 D7549 D7550 D7551 D7552 D7553 D7554 D7555 D7556 D7557 D7558 D7559 D7560 D7561 D7562 D7563
Right speed sensor not connected Right front wheel angle sensor stuck Left front wheel angle sensor stuck Right rear wheel angle sensor stuck Left rear wheel angle sensor stuck Left swash plate not in neutral Right swash plate not in neutral Left joystick X-axis out of range high Left joystick Y-axis out of range high Right joystick Y-axis out of range high Right front wheel angle sensor out of range high Left front wheel angle sensor out of range high Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range high Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range high Left swash plate out of position Right swash plate out of position Left joystick X-axis out of range low Left joystick Y-axis out of range low Right joystick Y-axis out of range low Right front wheel angle sensor out of range low Left front wheel angle sensor out of range low Right rear wheel angle sensor out of range low Left rear wheel angle sensor out of range low Sensor supply 1 out of range low Sensor supply 2 out of range low Left swash plate sensor out of range high Left swash plate sensor out of range low Right swash plate sensor out of range high Right swash plate sensor out of range low Left forward drive solenoid error ON Left reverse drive solenoid error ON Right forward drive solenoid error ON Right reverse drive solenoid error ON Right front steer extend short to battery Left front steer extend short to battery Right rear steer extend short to battery Left rear steer extend short to battery Steer pressure short to battery Back-up alarm error ON Left forward drive solenoid error OFF Left reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right forward drive solenoid error OFF Right reverse drive solenoid error OFF Right front steer extend short to ground Right front steer retract short to ground Left front steer extend short to ground Left front steer retract short to ground Right rear steer extend short to ground Right rear steer retract short to ground Left rear steer extend short to ground
D7564 D7565 D7566 D7567 D7568 D7569 D7570 D7571 D7572 D7573 D7574 D7575 D7576 D7577 D7578 D7579 D7580 D7581 D7582 D7583 D7584 D7585 D7586 D7587 D7588 D7589 D7590 D7591 D7592 D7593 D7594 D7595 D7596 D7597 D7598 D7599
Left rear steer retract short to ground Steer pressure short to ground Back-up alarm error OFF No communication from Gateway controller Angle sensors not calibrated Battery voltage out of range high Interrupted power (also occurs after software update) Battery voltage out of range low Drive pump not calibrated Operating mode switch flipped while operating Right wheel speed uncommanded motion Left wheel speed uncommanded motion No communication from ACS controller Left speed sensor out of range high Right speed sensor out of range high Left speed sensor out of range low Right speed sensor out of range low Right front steer retract short to battery Left front steer retract short to battery Right rear steer retract short to battery Left rear steer retract short to battery Sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 2 out of range high Software update required Switched power stuck ON Switched power error OFF Drive calibration performed Left swash plate sensor reversed Right swash plate sensor reversed Right speed sensor unresponsive Left speed sensor unresponsive Left speed sensor reversed Right speed sensor reversed Controller programmed In drive calibration mode In angle calibration mode
H1121 H1122 H1221 H1222 H1224 H1321 H1322 H1324 H2005 H2006 H2007 H2032 H2205
Boost Sensor out of range high Boost Sensor out of range low Right Primary out of range high Right Primary out of range low Right Primary not in neutral Left Primary out of range high Left Primary out of range low Left Primary not in neutral Boost solenoid short to battery Boost solenoid short to ground Boost solenoid open circuit Boost solenoid overcurrent Pressure control solenoid short to battery
153 155 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
H2206 H2207 H2232 H2305 H2306 H2307 H2332 H2405 H2406 H2407 H2432 H2505 H2506 H2507 H2605 H2606 H2607 H2632 H2705 H2706 H2707 H2732 H2805 H2806 H2807 H2905 H2906 H2907 H2932 H3028 H3128 H3648 H3913 H3916 H3928 H3948 H4013 H4016 H4028 H4048 H4302 H4303 H4423 H4502 H4503 H4602 H4603 H4721 H4722 H7314
Pressure control solenoid short to ground Pressure control solenoid open circuit Pressure control solenoid overcurrent Rear base solenoid short to battery Rear base solenoid short to ground Rear base solenoid open circuit Rear base solenoid overcurrent Rear rod solenoid short to battery Rear rod solenoid short to ground Rear rod solenoid open circuit Rear rod solenoid overcurrent Rear aux relief short to battery Rear aux relief short to ground Rear aux relief open circuit Front base solenoid short to battery Front base solenoid short to ground Front base solenoid open circuit Front base solenoid overcurrent Front rod solenoid short to battery Front rod solenoid short to ground Front rod solenoid open circuit Front rod solenoid overcurrent Diverter rod solenoid short to battery Diverter rod solenoid short to ground Diverter rod solenoid open circuit High-flow solenoid short to battery High-flow solenoid short to ground High-flow solenoid open circuit High-flow solenoid overcurrent Controller memory failure Interrupted power failure ACD multiple Left joystick grip no communication Left joystick not connected Left joystick failure Left joystick multiple Right joystick grip no communication Right joystick not connected Right joystick failure Right joystick multiple Horn error ON Horn error OFF Auxiliary not programmed Right signal error ON Right signal error OFF Left signal error ON Left signal error OFF Sensor supply 1 out of range high Sensor supply 1 out of range low Remote control failure
H7328 H7404 H7604
Remote control no signal Main controller no communication Left hand no communication
L0102 L0202 L0302 L0402 L7404 L7672
Left button 1 error ON Left button 2 error ON Left button 3 error ON Left button 4 error ON Left main controller no communication Left programming error
M0116 M0117 M0216 M0217 M0309 M0310 M0311 M0314 M0322 M0409 M0414 M0415 M0421 M0422 M0509 M0510 M0511 M0514 M0515 M0521 M0522 M0610 M0611 M0613 M0615 M0618 M0634 M0710 M0711 M0715 M0721 M0722 M0810 M0811 M0815 M0821 M0822 M0909 M0921
Air filter not connected Air filter plugged Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter not connected Hydraulic/Hydrostatic filter plugged Battery voltage low Battery voltage high Battery voltage extremely high Battery voltage extremely low Battery voltage out of range low Engine oil pressure low Engine oil pressure extremely low Engine oil pressure shutdown Engine oil pressure out of range high Engine oil pressure out of range low Hydraulic charge pressure low Hydraulic charge pressure high Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low Hydraulic charge pressure shutdown Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low Engine speed high Engine speed extremely high Engine speed no signal Engine speed shutdown Engine speed out of range Engine speed invalid data from ECU Hydraulic oil temperature high Hydraulic oil temperature extremely high Hydraulic oil temperature shutdown Hydraulic oil temperature out of range high Hydraulic oil temperature out of range low Engine coolant temperature high Engine coolant temperature extremely high Engine coolant temperature shutdown Engine coolant temperature out of range high Engine coolant temperature out of range low Fuel level low Fuel level out of range high
154 156 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
M0922 M1016 M1017 M1121 M1122 M1128 M1305 M1306 M1307 M1402 M1403 M1407 M1428 M1502 M1503 M1507 M1528 M1605 M1606 M1607 M1705 M1706 M1707 M1732 M1805 M1806 M1807 M1832 M2005 M2006 M2007 M2032 M2102 M2103 M2107 M2128 M2202 M2203 M2207 M2228 M2302 M2303 M2402 M2403 M2502 M2503 M2602 M2603 M2721 M2722
Fuel level out of range low Hydraulic charge filter not connected Hydraulic charge filter plugged Seat bar sensor out of range high Seat bar sensor out of range low Seat bar sensor failure Fuel hold solenoid short to battery Fuel hold solenoid short to ground Fuel hold solenoid open circuit Fuel pull output error ON Fuel pull output error OFF Fuel pull output open circuit Fuel pull output failure Traction lock pull output error ON Traction lock pull output error OFF Traction lock pull output open circuit Traction lock pull output failure Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery Traction lock hold solenoid short to ground Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to battery Hydraulic lock valve solenoid short to ground Hydraulic lock valve solenoid open circuit Hydraulic lock valve solenoid overcurrent Lift spool lock short to battery Lift spool lock short to ground Lift spool lock open circuit Lift spool lock overcurrent Two-speed primary short to battery Two-speed primary short to ground Two-speed primary open circuit Two-speed primary overcurrent Glow plug output error ON Glow plug output error OFF Glow plug output open circuit Glow plug output failure Starter output error ON Starter output error OFF Starter output open circuit Starter output failure Starter relay error ON Starter relay error OFF Fuel pull relay error ON Fuel pull relay error OFF Traction pull relay error ON Traction pull relay error OFF Glow plug relay error ON Glow plug relay error OFF Throttle primary out of range high Throttle primary out of range low
M2821 M2822 M3128 M3204 M3304 M3404 M3505 M3506 M3507 M3532 M3705 M3706 M3707 M3732 M3805 M3806 M3807 M3832 M4109 M4110 M4304 M4404 M4521 M4522 M4530 M4621 M4622 M4721 M4722 M4802 M4803 M4807 M4902 M4903 M4907 M5002 M5003 M5007 M5028 M5102 M5103 M5107 M5128 M5202 M5221 M5222 M5305 M5306 M5405 M5406
Throttle secondary out of range high Throttle secondary out of range low Interrupted power failure Workgroup no communication Deluxe no communication Deluxe no communication Hydraulic fan short to battery Hydraulic fan short to ground Hydraulic fan open circuit Hydraulic fan overcurrent Two-speed secondary short to battery Two-speed secondary short to ground Two-speed secondary open circuit Two-speed secondary overcurrent Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to battery Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to ground Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent Alternator low Alternator high Keyless no communication Auxiliary no communication Water in fuel sensor out of range high Water in fuel sensor out of range low Water in fuel sensor fault 5 volt sensor supply out of range high 5 volt sensor supply out of range low 8 volt sensor supply out of range high 8 volt sensor supply out of range low Front light relay error ON Front light relay error OFF Front light relay open circuit Rear light relay error ON Rear light relay error OFF Rear light relay open circuit Front light output error ON Front light output error OFF Front light output open circuit Front light output failure Rear light output error ON Rear light output error OFF Rear light output open circuit Rear light output failure PTOL switch error ON PTOL switch out of range high PTOL switch out of range low PTOL LED short to battery PTOL LED short to ground Tilt spool lock short to battery Tilt spool lock short to ground
155 157 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)
CODE
DESCRIPTION
CODE
DESCRIPTION
M5407 M5432 M5902 M5948 M6002 M6402 M6403 M6505 M6506 M6507 M6604 M6702 M6703 M6707 M6728 M6802 M6803 M7002 M7003 M7007 M7028 M7102 M7103 M7128 M7202 M7203 M7207 M7304 M7316 M7423 M7472 M7497 M7504 M7604 M7748 M7839 M7974 M8541 M8542 M8543 M8550 M8551 M8552 M8553 M8554 M8560 M8561 M8562 M8563 M8564
Tilt spool lock open circuit Tilt spool lock overcurrent DPF force regeneration switch error ON DPF switch multiple DPF inhibit regeneration switch error ON Switched power relay error ON Switched power relay error OFF EEC power short to battery EEC power short to ground EEC power open circuit EEC power no communications HVAC output error ON HVAC output error OFF HVAC output open circuit HVAC output failure HVAC relay error ON HVAC relay error OFF Switched power output error ON Switched power output error OFF Switched power output open circuit Switched power output failure Electric fan 1 output error ON Electric fan 1 output error OFF Electric fan 1 output failure Electric fan 1 relay error ON Electric fan 1 relay error OFF Electric fan 1 relay open circuit Remote control no communication Remote control not connected Main controller not programmed Main controller in boot code Main controller software updated Drive no communication Left display no communication Key switch multiple Hourmeter changed Door open DPF automatic regeneration active DPF automatic regeneration active DPF regeneration required DPF service regeneration required DPF regeneration required but inhibited DPF regeneration required but inhibited DPF service regeneration required DPF service regeneration required DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active DPF service regeneration active
M8615 M8625 M8715 M8725
Engine speed derate shutdown Engine speed derate unresponsive Torque derate shutdown Torque derate unresponsive
W3223 W3224 W3225 W3231 W3232 W3233 W3234 W3235 W3236 W3237 W3238 W3239 W3240 W3241 W3249 W3250 W3251 W3252 W3253 W3254 W3255 W3256 W3257 W3258 W3259 W3260 W3261 W3262 W3263 W3264 W3265 W3266 W3267 W3268 W3270 W3271 W3274 W3275 W3276 W3277 W3297 W3905 W4005 W4007
ACS calibration required ACS calibration performed ACS calibration failed Tilt actuator fault Tilt actuator wiring fault Tilt handle wiring fault Tilt actuator not in neutral Tilt handle / pedal not in neutral Lift actuator fault Lift actuator wiring fault Lift handle wiring fault Lift actuator not in neutral Lift handle / pedal not in neutral No communication Lift actuator short to ground Tilt actuator short to ground Lift actuator short to battery Tilt actuator short to battery Lift handle / pedal short to ground Tilt handle / pedal short to ground Lift handle / pedal short to battery Tilt handle / pedal short to battery Lift actuator reduced performance Tilt actuator reduced performance Lift actuator wrong direction Tilt actuator wrong direction Handle lock short to ground Handle lock short to battery Pedal lock short to ground Pedal lock short to battery Sensor supply voltage out of range Battery voltage out of range Handle/pedal switch flipped while operating Lift handle information error Right hand drive short to ground Right hand drive short to battery Left joystick X-axis out of range Interrupted unswitched power CAN joystick information error Remote control information error Controller programmed Left joystick X-axis not in neutral Right joystick X-axis not in neutral Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
156 158 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Codes List (Cont’d)
CONTROL SETUP
Examples
Right Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation )
Figure 258
Icon Identification Figure 257 Press TOOL / SETUP
SELECTION BUTTONS
EXAMPLE
Press LOADER FEATURES B-16162
ICON
DESCRIPTION
Press DISPLAY OPTIONS
LOCK / UNLOCK: Allows machine to be locked / unlocked. You must lock machine to activate security system. When system is unlocked, the can press RUN / ENTER then press START to begin operation. A valid will need to be entered at startup to run a locked machine. TOOL / SETUP: Access system options. Use to set clock, check system warnings, select language, set s, etc.
?
Press ADJUST CONTRAST
HELP: Access help on current menu item.
EXIT
EXIT returns you to previous level menu.
11:23 0.0
CLOCK / JOB CLOCK: Press to clear or lock job clock; TOOL / SETUP to set time. UP ARROW: Goes backward one screen. DOWN ARROW: Goes forward one screen.
Press
UP OR DOWN
OUTLINE ARROWS: No screen available (backward / forward).
Arrow to change contrast
SELECTION ARROW: Use to select menu item. NEXT
Goes to the NEXT screen in series. EXAMPLE: the next Active Warning screen.
INFO
Goes to more information about attachments.
Press EXIT to return to previous level menu B-16163/B-24288/B-16161A/B-16166/B-16167
YES / NO Answer yes / no to current setup question. CLEAR Removes previously installed . SET
Set accepts current installed .
157 159 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Make selection by pressing the SELECTION BUTTON adjacent to the icon [Figure 257].
CONTROL SETUP (CONT’D)
Attachment Control Information (Deluxe Instrumentation )
Right Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation ) (Cont’d)
The Deluxe Instrumentation allows the to view information concerning the operation of Bobcat attachments.
More Examples Clocks
Figure 259
Press . . . TOOL / SETUP LOADER FEATURES DISPLAY OPTIONS CLOCKS
Press TOOL / SETUP
SET CLOCK Use the keypad to set time. Press RUN / ENTER to set clock. Press EXIT to return to previous level menu.
Press LOADER FEATURES
RESET JOB CLOCK ( required) Press CLEAR to reset Job Clock to zero. Press LOCK / UNLOCK to unlock. Enter and press RUN / ENTER. Press ATTACHMENTS
Languages Press . . . TOOL / SETUP LOADER FEATURES DISPLAY OPTIONS
Press RUN / ENTER BUTTON on keypad
LANGUAGES Select the language, press RUN / ENTER. Press EXIT to return to previous level menu. Vitals (Monitor the engine, hydraulic / hydrostatic, electrical functions when engine is running.)
Press UP OR DOWN
Press . . . TOOL / SETUP LOADER FEATURES.
Arrow to scroll through attachments
VITALS Press SELECTION ARROW to select METRIC or ENGLISH (M / E) readouts
Press the keypad number of a switch to view a description of the attachment function of the switch
You can monitor real-time readouts of: Engine Oil Pressure Engine Coolant Temperature Hydraulic Charge Pressure Hydraulic Oil Temperature System Voltage Engine Speed
B-16163/B-24288/B-16161A/B-15753A/B-15754A/B-15755A
The Deluxe Instrumentation is easy to use. Continue to set your own preferences for running / monitoring your Bobcat loader.
Attachments are listed alphabetically [Figure 259]. Press the exit button to return one screen or press the “0” (zero) key to return to the home screen immediately.
158 160 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
(Job Clock keeps a running total for job hours)
SETUP (KEYLESS START )
Lockout Feature
Description
This feature allows the owner to unlock the feature so that a does not need to be used every time the engine is started.
Master : A permanent, randomly selected set at the factory which cannot be changed. This is used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner is not known; or to change the owner .
Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical system. Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0).
Owner :
Figure 261
Allows for full use of the loader. It must be used to change the owner . Changing The Owner
Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0) if locked. Figure 260
2
1
P-90816B
Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 261]. The left display screen will show [CODE]. Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash, then become solid. The loader can now be started without using a .
2
1
NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the machine lock so that the loader requires a to start the engine.
P-90816B
Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2) [Figure 260] keys for two seconds.
Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical system.
The lock key red light will flash and the left display screen will show [ENTER].
Press the lock key (Item 1) [Figure 261].
Enter a new five digit using the number keys (1 through 0). An asterisk will show in the left display screen for each key press.
The lock key red light will flash and the left display screen will show [CODE].
The left display screen will show [AGAIN].
Enter the five digit owner using the number keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash, then the lock key red light will become solid.
Enter the new five digit again. You must now enter the every time to start the loader.
The lock key red light will become solid.
159 161 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Press the RUN button to turn on the loader electrical system.
SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION )
Changing The Owner Figure 262
Setup is available on machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation .
Press TOOL / SETUP Description All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked mode. This means that a must be used to start the engine.
Press OWNER UTILITIES
For security purposes, your dealer may change the and also set it in the locked mode. Your dealer will provide you with the . Enter (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Master : A permanent, randomly selected set at the factory which cannot be changed. This is used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner is not known; or to change the owner . Owner : Allows for full use of the loader and to setup the Deluxe Instrumentation . There is only one owner . It must be used to change the owner or s. Owner should change the as soon as possible for security of the loader.
Press MODIFY OWNER
:
Enter new OWNER on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot change or any of the other setup features. For the procedures to change s (See Changing The Owner on Page 160.) (See Changing The s on Page 161.)
Re-Enter new OWNER on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
OWNER procedure is now complete
B-16163/B-24288/B-24290/B-24291/B-16171/B-24292/B-24293/B-24294
160 162 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Press UTILITIES
SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION ) (CONT’D)
Lockout Feature This feature allows the owner to unlock the feature so that a does not need to be used every time the engine is started.
Changing The s Figure 263
Figure 264 Press TOOL / SETUP
Press LOCK / UNLOCK
Press OWNER UTILITIES
Press UTILITIES
Press UNLOCK MACHINE
Press MODIFY
Enter number on Keypad (There can be up to 8 different s, each with their own )
then press ENTER to Continue Press EXIT
Enter on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Machine is now UNLOCKED and can be started without using a
procedure is now complete. Enter another number OR Press EXIT
B-16163/P-76075/P-76076/P-76076A/P-76077
B-16163/B-24288/B-24290/B-24291/B-16171/B-24295/B-24296/B-24297A
161 163 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Enter OWNER on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
Enter (owner or master) on Keypad then press ENTER to Continue
MAINTENANCE CLOCK
This message will remain for 10 seconds before reverting back to the previous screen and will appear for 10 seconds every time the machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
Description The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The Maintenance Clock can be set to a 250 hour interval as a reminder for the next 250 hour planned maintenance.
Figure 267
Figure 265
2 1
1 B-16163A
The Deluxe Instrumentation , if equipped, will display a wrench icon (Item 1) [Figure 267] alerting the operator to service the machine. This icon will remain on the display until the maintenance clock is reset.
P-76461R
During machine operation, a two beep alarm will sound when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned maintenance.
NOTE: Loaders equipped with a Standard Key or Keyless Start will not display the BobCARESM PM message or wrench icon on the right .
The remaining hours before maintenance is required will appear in the data display (Item 1) for five seconds while the service icon (Item 3) and hourmeter icon (Item 2) [Figure 265] flash.
Setup See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature.
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after counting down to zero.
Reset
The display will then revert back to the previous display and will appear for five seconds every time the machine is started until the maintenance clock is reset.
Figure 268
Figure 266
1
2
P-76455H
1
Press the information button (Item 2) until the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 268] shows the maintenance clock.
P-76122
The Deluxe Instrumentation , if equipped, will display a message (Item 1) [Figure 266] alerting the operator to service the machine.
Press and hold the information button (Item 2) for seven seconds until [RESET] (Inset) appears in the display screen (Item 1) [Figure 268]. 162
164 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
3
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Service Schedule (6734534) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Danger (6702301) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Warning (6577754) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Danger (6702302) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Danger (6717343) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Important (6560573) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Warning (7160879) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Warning (6728539) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Warning (6718706) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Warning (6710358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Danger (6809511) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Warning (6725370) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Warning (6737189) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Warning (6737248) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Lift Arm Device (6719018) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Warning (7131518) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Warning (7131519) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Warning (6579528) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Warning (7168019) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Warning (7142141) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
163 165 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 164 166 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Schedule (6734534)
165 167 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Schedule (6734534) (Cont’d)
166 168 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Service Schedule (6734534) (Cont’d)
167 169 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Danger (6702301)
Danger (6702302)
Warning (6577754)
Danger (6717343)
168 170 of 194
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (7160879)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Important (6560573)
169 171 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (6728539)
170 172 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (6718706)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (6710358)
Danger (6809511)
171 173 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (6725370)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (6737189)
Warning (6737248)
172 174 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Lift Arm Device (6719018)
173 175 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131518)
174 176 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131518) (Cont’d)
175 177 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131519)
176 178 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D) Warning (6579528)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7131519) (Cont’d)
177 179 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7168019)
178 180 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT’D)
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Warning (7142141)
179 181 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 180 182 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SPECIFICATIONS
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
181 183 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 182 184 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS Machine Dimensions •
•
Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tires and 68 in. Construction & Industrial bucket and may vary with other bucket types. All dimensions are shown in millimeters. Respective imperial dimensions are given in inches enclosed by parentheses. Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice. 95°
3862 mm (152.1 in)
42° 3002 mm (118.2 in)
753 mm (29.6 in)
23° 190 mm (7.5 in)
27° 1030 mm (40.6 in) 2588 mm (102 in) 3309 mm (130.3 in) 1727 mm (68 in)
1433 mm (56.4 in) 1676 mm (66 in)
B-16433
2001 mm (78.8 in)
B-16432
Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and can cause failure of the loader parts.
183 185 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
2310 mm (91 in)
1938 mm (76.3 in)
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Performance Rated Operating Capacity (ISO)
839 kg (1850 lb)
with 200 Pound Frame Mounted Counterweight Kit
907 kg (2000 lb)
Tipping Load (ISO)
1849 kg (4076 lb)
Operating Weight
2821 kg (6220 lb)
Travel Speed - Single Speed Loader - Two-Speed Loader (Opt.) Low/High
11,8 km/h (7.3 mph) 12,1 km/h (7.5 mph) / 17,9 km/h (11.1 mph)
SAE Breakout Force - Lift
1588 kg (3500 lb)
SAE Breakout Force - Tilt
1554 kg (3425 lb)
Push Force
1905 kg (4200 lb)
Make / Model
Kubota / V2607-DI-TE3B Interim Tier IV
Fuel / Cooling
Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower (SAE Net)
43,3 kW (58 hp) @ 2700 rpm
Torque (SAE Net)
193,9 N•m (143 ft-lb) @ 1425 rpm
Number of Cylinders
4
Displacement
2,6 L (158.7 in3)
Bore / Stroke
87 mm / 110 mm (3.425 in / 4.33 in)
Lubrication
Gear Pump Pressure system with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Air Cleaner
Closed Breathing Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element.
Ignition
Diesel Compression
Air Induction Starting Aid
Turbo-Charged Glow Plugs - Automatically activated as needed in RUN position.
Low Idle
1175 - 1325 rpm
High Idle
2760 - 2900 rpm
Drive System Main Drive Transmission Final Drive Chains
Hydrostatic 4-wheel drive Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing hydrostatic motors. Prestressed #80 HSOC endless roller chain (no master link) and sprockets in sealed chaincase with oil lubrication (No adjustment need ed). Two chains per side with no idler sprocket.
Total Engine to Wheel Reduction
33:1
Axle Size
50,8 mm (2.00 in), heat treated
Wheel Bolts
Eight - 9/16 in. Wheel Bolts fixed to axle hubs
184 186 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Engine
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Controls Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional joystick(s). Loader Hydraulics - Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Advanced Control System (ACS) or optional Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) - Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering lever or optional Right Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) - Rear Auxiliary (Option) Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering lever or optional Left Hand Selectable Joystick Control (SJC) Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through front quick couplers. Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds. Engine Hand lever speed control; key-type start switch or optional Deluxe Instrumentation and function error shutdown. Service Brake Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering levers or optional joystick(s). Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions. Parking Brake (Standard on Single Mechanical disc, manually operated switch on front instrument . Speed and Two-Speed Loaders) Hydraulic System Pump Type Pump Capacity - Standard - High-Flow Option System Relief at Quick Couplers Filters
Engine driven gear type 64 L/min (16.9 U.S. gpm) @ 2850 Engine rpm @ 91% efficiency 100 L/min (26.4 U.S. gpm) @ 2850 Engine rpm @ 91% efficiency 22,4 - 23,1 MPa (224 - 231 bar) (3250 - 3350 psi) Full flow replaceable, 3-micron synthetic media element
Hydraulic Cylinders Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (2) Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (2) Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) Tilt Cylinder (2)
Double-acting; tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump and rollback 63,5 mm (2.5 in) 69,8 mm (2.75 in) 38,1 mm (1.50 in) 34,9 mm (1.375 in) 601 mm (23.67 in) 335 mm (13.19 in)
Control Valve
3 spool, open center type with float detent on lift and electrically controlled auxiliary spool.
Fluid Type
BOBCAT FLUID, Hydraulic/Hydrostatic 6903117 - (2.5 U.S. gal) 6903118 - (5 U.S. gal) 6903119 - (55 U.S. gal)
Fluid Lines
SAE Standard tubelines, hoses and fittings
Hydraulic Function Time: Raise Lift Arms Lower Lift Arms Bucket Dump Bucket Rollback
3.5 Seconds 2.4 Seconds 2.4 Seconds 1.9 Seconds
185 187 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Vehicle Steering
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D) Electrical Alternator
Belt driven, 90 amperes ventilated
Battery
12 volts, 600 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F) 115 minute reserve capacity at 25 amperes
Starter
12 volts, gear type, 2,7 kW (3.62 hp) Gauges: Engine Coolant Temperature, Fuel Level. Warning lights: Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Malfunction, Hydraulic Malfunction, General Warning. Indicators: BICS™ Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Shoulder Belt, Turn Signals, Engine Preheat. Data Display: Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown, Steering Drift Compensation Setting. Other: Audible Alarm, Lights, Option / Accessory Switches. Optional Deluxe Instrumentation : *Additional bar-type gauges for: Engine Oil Pressure, System Voltage, Hydrostatic Charge Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Temperature. *Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital Clock, Job Clock, Attachment Control Information, High-Flow / Two-Speed / Lockouts, Multi-language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability and Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function.
Capacities Fuel Tank
90,8 L (24 U.S. gal)
Engine Oil with filter Engine Cooling System without heater with Heater
9,7 L (10.25 qt) Propylene Glycol / water mixture (53% PG / 47% water) 12,6 L (13.3 qt) 13,7 L (14.5 qt)
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Reservoir
18,2 L (4.8 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic System (including Reservoir)
34,1 L (9 U.S. gal)
Chaincase Reservoir
30,3 L (8 U.S. gal)
Tires Bobcat Standard Duty
Bobcat Standard Duty 10 - 16.5 8 Ply Rating
Bobcat Severe Duty
Bobcat Severe Duty 10 - 16.5 10 Ply Rating
Bulky Hulk Recommended Pressure
Bobcat Super Float 31 x 12 - 16.5 10 Ply Rating Inflate tires to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the side wall of the tire. DO NOT mix brands of tires used on the same loader.
186 188 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Instrumentation
WARRANTY
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
187 189 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale 188 190 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
WARRANTY
WARRANTY Bobcat Loaders
During the warranty period, the authorized Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at Bobcat Company's option, without charge for parts and labor, any part of the Bobcat product except as otherwise specified herein which fails because of defects in material or workmanship. The owner shall provide the authorized Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice of the defect and allow reasonable time for repair or replacement. Bobcat Company may, at its option, require failed parts to be returned to the factory. Travel time of mechanics and transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorized Bobcat dealer for warranty work are the responsibility of the owner. The remedies provided in this warranty are exclusive. This warranty does not apply to diesel engine fuel injection pumps and injectors or tires (except Bobcat brand tires). The owner shall rely solely on the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. This warranty does not cover replacement of scheduled service items such as oil, filters, tune-up parts, and other high-wear items. This warranty does not cover damages resulting from abuse, accidents, alterations, use of the Bobcat product with any accessory or attachment not approved by Bobcat Company, air flow obstructions, or failure to maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it. THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXCEPT THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF BOBCAT COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY AND THE AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT AND SERVICES FURNISHED HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
6570162 (2-09)
Printed in U.S.A.
189 191 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
Bobcat Company warrants to its authorized dealers and authorized dealers of Bobcat Equipment Ltd., who in turn warrant to the owner, that each new Bobcat loader will be free from proven defects in material and workmanship with respect to (i) all components of the product except as otherwise specified herein for twelve (12) months, (ii) the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump to the engine, for thirty six (36) months, provided that after the initial twelve month warranty period, such warranty shall be limited to parts only and does not include labor, (iii) tracks and Bobcat brand tires, for twelve (12) months on a prorated basis based on the remaining depth of the track or tire at the time any defect is discovered, and (iv) Bobcat brand batteries, for an additional twelve (12) months after the initial twelve month warranty period, provided that Bobcat Company shall only reimburse a fixed portion of the cost of replacing the battery during such additional twelve months. The foregoing time periods shall all commence after delivery by the authorized Bobcat dealer to the original buyer.
WARRANTY (CONT’D) In this emissions limited warranty, the term “Manufacturer” means Kubota Corporation as the holder of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) Certificate of Conformity and California Executive Order for the vehicle. The emission control limited warranty is in addition to the standard limited warranty for your vehicle. Your Bobcat dealer is authorized to perform all warranty and service repairs on your diesel engine. To locate a Bobcat dealer, visit www.bobcat.com or call 1-800-743-4340.
KUBOTA Corporation The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and KUBOTA Corporation are pleased to explain the Federal and California Emission Control System Warranty on your non-road engine. In California, new heavy duty off-road engines must be designed, built and equipped to meet California’s stringent anti-smog standards adopted by the Air Resources Board pursuant to its authority in Chapter 1 and 2, Part 5, Division 26 of the California Health and Safety Code. In other states of the U.S.A., new non-road engines subject to the provisions of 40 CFR 1039 subpart A must be designed, built and equipped, at the time of sale, to meet the U.S. EPA regulations for nonroad engines. KUBOTA must warrant the emission control system on your Compression Ignition engine for the period of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, vandalism, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications to your engine. This emission warranty is applicable in all states of the U.S.A., its provinces and territories regardless of whether an individual state, province, or territory has enacted warranty provisions that differ from the Federal warranty provisions. This emission warranty is also applicable in all provinces and territories of CANADA. Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injection system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-related assemblies. Where a warrantable condition exists, KUBOTA will repair your engine at no cost to you, including diagnosis (if the diagnostic work is performed at an authorized dealer), parts and labor. EMISSION DESIGN AND DEFECT WARRANTY COVERAGE The emissions warranty period for the engine begins on the original date of sale to the initial purchaser and continues for each subsequent purchaser for the period mentioned below. The emissions warranty period for all engines rated under 19kW (25Hp) is 2000 hours of operation or two (2) years of use, whichever first occurs. The emissions warranty period for constant speed engines rated under 37kW (50Hp) with rated speeds greater than or equal to 3000 rpm is 2000 hours of operation or two (2) years of use, whichever first occurs. The emissions warranty period for all other engines not already listed is 3000 hours of operation or five (5) years of use, whichever first occurs. If any emission related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by KUBOTA free of charge. OWNER’S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES (a) As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your KUBOTA operator’s manual. KUBOTA recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your engine, but KUBOTA cannot deny a warranty claim solely for the lack of receipts or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance. (b) As the engine owner, you should be aware, however, that KUBOTA may deny your warranty coverage if your engine or a part has failed due to abuse, vandalism, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications. (c) Your engine is designed to operate on Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel only. Use of any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in compliance with Federal or California’s emissions requirements. (d) You are responsible for presenting your engine to the nearest dealer or service station authorized by KUBOTA when a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed in a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed 30 days. (e) If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities or the location of the nearest authorized dealer or distributor, you should : KUBOTA ENGINE AMERICA CORPORATION, Service department at 1-800-532-9808, [email protected] or KUBOTA CANADA LTD at (905) 294-7477. COVERAGE KUBOTA warrants to the initial purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that your engine will be designed, built and equipped, at the time of sale, to meet all applicable regulations. KUBOTA also warrants to the initial purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that your engine shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship which cause the engine to fail to conform to applicable regulations for the period mentioned above from the original date of sale. KUBOTA shall remedy warranty defects at any authorized KUBOTA engine dealer or warranty station. Any authorized work done at an authorized dealer or warranty station shall be free of charge to the owner if such work determines that a warranted part is defective. Any KUBOTA approved or equivalent replacement part (including any KUBOTA approved aftermarket part) may be used for any warranty maintenance or repairs on emission related parts, and must be provided free of charge to the owner if the part is still under warranty. KUBOTA is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure of a warranted part still under warranty. The use of replacement parts not equivalent to the original parts may impair the effectiveness of your engine emission control system. If such a replacement part is used in the repair or maintenance of your engine, and KUBOTA determines it is defective or causes a failure of a warranted part, your claim for repair of your engine may be denied. Listed below are the parts covered by the Federal and California Emission Control Systems Warranty. Some parts listed below may require scheduled maintenance and are warranted up to the first scheduled replacement point for that part. The warranted parts are (if applicable): 1) Air-Induction System 4) Electronic Control System 6) Particulate Controls a) Intake Manifold a) ECU a) Any device used to capture particulate b) Turbocharger System b) Engine Speed / Timing Sensor emissions. c) Charge Air Cooling System (Intercooler) c) Accelerator Position Sensor b) Any device used in the regeneration of the 2) Catalyst or Thermal Reactor System d) Coolant Temperature Sensor particulate control device. a) Catalytic converter e) Atmospheric Pressure Sensor c) Control Device Enclosures and Manifolding b) Exhaust manifold f) Intake Pressure Sensor d) Diesel Particulate Filter Temperature Sensor 3) Fuel Injection System g) Intake Manifold Temperature Sensor e) Differential Pressure Sensor a) Fuel Supply Pump h) Intake Air Flow Sensor 7) Miscellaneous Items b) Injector i) Common Rail Pressure Sensor a) Closed Breather System c) Injection Pipe 5) Exhaust Gas Recirculation System b) Hoses*, Clamps*, Fittings, Tubing* d) Common Rail a) EGR Valve c) Gaskets, Seals e) Smoke Puff Limiter b) EGR Cooler d) Kubota supplied engine Wiring Harnesses f) Speed Timer c) EGR Valve Opening Rate Sensor e) Kubota supplied engine Elec. Connectors g) Cold Advance Timer f) Air Cleaner Element*, Fuel Filter Element* h) Injection Pump g) Emission Control Information Labels *Warranty period is equivalent to manufacturer’s recommended first replacement interval as stated in the applicable model’s operator’s manual and/or service (workshop) manual. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS The owner is responsible for the performance of the required maintenance as defined by KUBOTA in the operator’s manual. LIMITATIONS This Emission Control System Warranty shall not cover any of the following; (a) Repair or replacement required because of misuse or neglect, improper maintenance, repairs improperly performed or replacements not conforming to KUBOTA specifications that adversely affect performance and/or durability, and alteration or modifications not recommended or approved in writing by KUBOTA. (b) Replacement of parts and other services and adjustments necessary for required maintenance at and after the first scheduled replacement point.
6990354 (10-11)
Printed in U.S.A.
190 192 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
FEDERAL & CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS LIMITED WARRANTY for NON-ROAD ENGINES (CI)
(S185) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . 183 AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 61 ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . 109 BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED ....................................7 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 CONTROL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . 151 DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . 43 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 121 ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . 120 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . 127 HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION . . 27 LIFT ARM BY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . 39 LIFT ARM DEVICE . . . . . . . . . 107
LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . 142 MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS . . . . . . . 165 MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 MONITORING THE DISPLAY S . . . . 75 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . 1 PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION ) . . . . . . . . . . 160 SETUP (KEYLESS START ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . 64 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . 7 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . 105 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . 37 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . 134 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . 51 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 TIRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . 39 TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
191 193 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Dealer Copy -- Not for Resale
TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
192 194 of 194
S185 Operation & Maintenance Manual
More Documents from "Paulo Erico" 45k10
Bobcat-s185-manual.pdf 1s6p31
November 2019 47
Pta E 450 Aj 5z5b31
September 2022 0
Manual Do Operador 3520.pdf 4l6u4v
November 2019 71
504uu
November 2019 43
504uu
September 2020 0